Top Banner
For internal use by CSC only For internal use by CSC only SCM611 Shipments SAP SCM Date Training Center Instructors Education Website Participant Handbook Course Version: 92 Course Duration: 3 Day(s) Material Number: 50093742 An SAP course - use it to learn, reference it for work
341
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611Shipments

SAP SCM

Date

Training Center

Instructors

Education Website

Participant HandbookCourse Version: 92Course Duration: 3 Day(s)Material Number: 50093742

An SAP course - use it to learn, reference it for work

Page 2: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Copyright

Copyright © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved.

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purposewithout the express permission of SAP AG. The information contained herein may be changedwithout prior notice.

Some software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary softwarecomponents of other software vendors.

Trademarks

� Microsoft®, WINDOWS®, NT®, EXCEL®, Word®, PowerPoint® and SQL Server® areregistered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.

� IBM®, DB2®, OS/2®, DB2/6000®, Parallel Sysplex®, MVS/ESA®, RS/6000®, AIX®,S/390®, AS/400®, OS/390®, and OS/400® are registered trademarks of IBM Corporation.

� ORACLE® is a registered trademark of ORACLE Corporation.� INFORMIX®-OnLine for SAP and INFORMIX® Dynamic ServerTM are registered

trademarks of Informix Software Incorporated.� UNIX®, X/Open®, OSF/1®, and Motif® are registered trademarks of the Open Group.� Citrix®, the Citrix logo, ICA®, Program Neighborhood®, MetaFrame®, WinFrame®,

VideoFrame®, MultiWin® and other Citrix product names referenced herein are trademarksof Citrix Systems, Inc.

� HTML, DHTML, XML, XHTML are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3C®, WorldWide Web Consortium, Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

� JAVA® is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc.� JAVASCRIPT® is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc., used under license for

technology invented and implemented by Netscape.� SAP, SAP Logo, R/2, RIVA, R/3, SAP ArchiveLink, SAP Business Workflow, WebFlow, SAP

EarlyWatch, BAPI, SAPPHIRE, Management Cockpit, mySAP.com Logo and mySAP.comare trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG in Germany and in several other countriesall over the world. All other products mentioned are trademarks or registered trademarks oftheir respective companies.

Disclaimer

THESE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED BY SAP ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND SAP EXPRESSLYDISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR APPLIED, INCLUDINGWITHOUT LIMITATION WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR APARTICULAR PURPOSE, WITH RESPECT TO THESE MATERIALS AND THE SERVICE,INFORMATION, TEXT, GRAPHICS, LINKS, OR ANY OTHER MATERIALS AND PRODUCTSCONTAINED HEREIN. IN NO EVENT SHALL SAP BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANYKIND WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOST REVENUES OR LOSTPROFITS, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OF THESE MATERIALS OR INCLUDEDSOFTWARE COMPONENTS.

g200933510

Page 3: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

About This HandbookThis handbook is intended to complement the instructor-led presentation of thiscourse, and serve as a source of reference. It is not suitable for self-study.

Typographic ConventionsAmerican English is the standard used in this handbook. The followingtypographic conventions are also used.

Type Style Description

Example text Words or characters that appear on the screen. Theseinclude field names, screen titles, pushbuttons as wellas menu names, paths, and options.

Also used for cross-references to other documentationboth internal (in this documentation) and external (inother locations, such as SAPNet).

Example text Emphasized words or phrases in body text, titles ofgraphics, and tables

EXAMPLE TEXT Names of elements in the system. These includereport names, program names, transaction codes, tablenames, and individual key words of a programminglanguage, when surrounded by body text, for exampleSELECT and INCLUDE.

Example text Screen output. This includes file and directory namesand their paths, messages, names of variables andparameters, and passages of the source text of aprogram.

Example text Exact user entry. These are words and characters thatyou enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation.

<Example text> Variable user entry. Pointed brackets indicate that youreplace these words and characters with appropriateentries.

Icons in Body TextThe following icons are used in this handbook.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. iii

Page 4: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

About This Handbook SCM611

Icon Meaning

For more information, tips, or background

Note or further explanation of previous point

Exception or caution

Procedures

Indicates that the item is displayed in the instructor'spresentation.

iv © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 5: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

ContentsCourse Overview ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii

Course Goals .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .viiCourse Objectives ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .vii

Unit 1: Transportation in Logistics Execution ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Logistics Execution .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2Position of Transportation and Shipment Costs within LogisticsExecution.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6

Unit 2: Controlling Transportation Processing ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Organizational Units in Shipments.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Shipment Types .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Transportation Relevance ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Unit 3: Creating Shipments..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Criteria and Methods for Creating Shipments.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Automatically Creating Shipments.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Interfaces in External Transportation Planning Systems and OtherScenarios.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Unit 4: Shipment Processing... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Stages .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Processing Functions in Shipments .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107Additional Functions in Shipments.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121Packing and Loading in Shipments... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129Dangerous Goods Management in Shipments ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135Shipment Monitoring.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141

Unit 5: Shipment Cost Processing..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Overview of Shipment Cost Calculation and Settlement ... . . . .156Controlling Shipment Cost Processing.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173

Unit 6: Shipment Cost Calculation..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Shipment Cost Calculation .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186Additional Functions in Shipment Cost Calculation .. . . . . . . . . . . .206

Unit 7: Shipment Cost Settlement ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Shipment Cost Transfer . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226Settlement of Costs with the Service Agent .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. v

Page 6: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Contents SCM611

Shipment Costs in the Sales Process... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249

Unit 8: Using Express Delivery Companies ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Outbound Deliveries Involving Express Delivery Companies ..268

Unit 9: Concluding Exercise ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277Concluding Exercise.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278

Appendix 1: Data Sheet ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

vi © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 7: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Course OverviewThis course provides an overview of the transportation processing and shipmentcost processing functions in the SAP ERP Central Component (SAP ECC). Focalpoints will be the processes and their essential control settings.

Target AudienceThis course is intended for the following audiences:

� Members of the project team responsible for transportation processing andshipment cost processing

� Consultants

Course PrerequisitesRequired Knowledge

� SCM601 Processes in Logistics Execution or� SCM600 Processes in Sales and Distribution or� SCM500 Processes in Procurement

and

� SCM620 Pricing

Recommended Knowledge

� SCM610 Delivery Processes

Course GoalsThis course will prepare you to:

� Use the functions and processes in transportation processing and shipmentcost processing

� Make the Customizing settings required for transportation processing andshipment cost processing

Course ObjectivesAfter completing this course, you will be able to:

� Describe the position of transportation processing and shipment costprocessing within the supply chain

� Define and create inbound and outbound shipments

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. vii

Page 8: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Course Overview SCM611

� Calculate and settle shipment costs� Make the necessary Customizing settings to adapt your system to meet your

specific requirements

SAP Software Component InformationThe information in this course pertains to the following SAP Software Componentsand releases:

� SAP ERP Central Component 6.0

viii © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 9: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 1Transportation in Logistics Execution

Unit OverviewThis unit explains to you in which correlations SAP Business Suite, SAP SupplyChain Management (SAP SCM) and Logistics Execution correspond with oneanother. You then gain an overview of the basic functions of transportationprocessing and shipment cost processing in SAP ECC.

Unit ObjectivesAfter completing this unit, you will be able to:

� Name the components of Logistics Execution� Describe the function of Logistics Execution within SAP ECC.� Identify the shipment as a component of the process chains in logistics� Describe the structure of the transportation document and locate important

information in it.

Unit ContentsLesson: Logistics Execution... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2Lesson: Position of Transportation and Shipment Costs within LogisticsExecution.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6

Exercise 1: The Basics of Transportation Processing .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 1

Page 10: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 1: Transportation in Logistics Execution SCM611

Lesson: Logistics Execution

Lesson OverviewLogistics Execution provides you with a functional packet for the entire processinglogistic (warehouse management, shipping processes, and transportationprocesses) available to you as part of SAP Enterprise Resource Planning (SAPERP) and SAP Supply Chain Management (SAP SCM). This lesson provides anoverview of the components and usage range of Logistics Execution.

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

� Name the components of Logistics Execution� Describe the function of Logistics Execution within SAP ECC.

Business ExampleYour company already uses the SAP ECC system for procurement, sales anddistribution, and inventory management. In order to use all the benefits of processintegration and retain a larger control over transportation and shipment costs,Transportation Processing should be used as a part of Logistics Execution.

Components and SourcesLogistics Execution is the grouping of system functions for the processing logistic.This connects with production planning and control, materials management, andsales and distribution. Logistics Execution was included in the SAP R/3 4.5Asystem landscape in order to combine the already available subfunctions from theoperating logistic and to further develop them within this constellation.

2 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 11: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Logistics Execution

Figure 1: Logistics Execution: Components and Sources

Warehouse Management was copied from Materials Management, aswere Shipment processing and Transportation processing from Sales andDistribution. These organizational changes are reflected both in the applicationmenu and the structure of Customizing: In both menus in SAP R/3 4.5A,individual subareas for Logistics Execution were set up. Customizing forwarehouse management was thereby completely separated from Customizing formaterials management. Components of shipment Customizing and transportationCustomizing are found not only under Sales and Distribution, but also underLogistics Execution.

FeaturesLogistics Execution provides you with comprehensive functions required tomap execution of all logistical processes irrespective of industry or branch. Itis basically a matter of more or less complex goods receipt and goods issueprocesses.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 3

Page 12: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 1: Transportation in Logistics Execution SCM611

Figure 2: Logistics Execution: Function in SAP ECC

Logistics Execution is thus the link in SAP ECC between procurement anddistribution, independent of whether it is company-internal processes orincorporates third parties (vendors, customers, service agents). In-house material,just like externally produced goods, is to be packed away and repicked by meansof warehouse management, in order either to provide individual production, or todeliver to retailers and consumers. Accordingly, the corresponding organizationalstructures can be very complex: Logistics Execution uses individual organizationalunits and master data that are linked in the organizational structures system in SAPECC. Using these structural elements, you can map business situations differently.

4 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 13: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Logistics Execution

Lesson Summary

You should now be able to:� Name the components of Logistics Execution� Describe the function of Logistics Execution within SAP ECC.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 5

Page 14: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 1: Transportation in Logistics Execution SCM611

Lesson: Position of Transportation and Shipment Costswithin Logistics Execution

Lesson OverviewThe following lessons introduces you to the basic functions of transportation asa component of Logistics Execution.

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

� Identify the shipment as a component of the process chains in logistics� Describe the structure of the transportation document and locate important

information in it.

Business ExampleThe decision makers for your company first obtain an overview of the process fortransportation processing and shipment cost processing.

Shipments in Logistics Execution

Figure 3: Shipments in SAP ECC

A shipment is a collection of inbound or outbound deliveries that are shippedtogether. The inbound or outbound deliveries of the shipment therefore havethe same shipping conditions.

Effective transportation processing is required so that deliveries are shipped ontime and are received on schedule at the customer's site.

6 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 15: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Position of Transportation and Shipment Costs within Logistics Execution

SAP ECC provides essential functions for transportation and shipment costprocessing for goods issues and goods receipts.

Figure 4: Shipments in Logistics Execution

Inbound shipments are an integral part of the process chain in Procurement andare processed based on inbound deliveries.

The basis of the procurement process is the purchase order. Thiis is followedby confirmation of the delivery by the vendor. The inbound delivery is createdwith reference to the purchase order.

The inbound delivery is the basis for creating the inbound shipment, that is, theshipment of the ordered goods from the vendor to the company's plant.

Goods receipt is then posted. Invoice verification completes the purchasingprocess.

Outbound shipments are part of the Sales and Distribution (SD) process andare processed based on outbound deliveries.

The basis of the Sales and Distribution process is the sales order. The subsequentdocument is the outbound delivery, which documents the shipping of the goods.

The outbound delivery is the basis for creating the outbound shipment, that is,the shipment of the goods from the company's plant to the customer.

Goods issue is then posted and the invoice is created.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 7

Page 16: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 1: Transportation in Logistics Execution SCM611

Figure 5: Transportation and Shipment Cost Processing in Detail

Transportation and shipment cost processing includes transportation processingas well as shipment cost calculations and settlement.

A shipment document is created based on the inbound or outbound deliveries.

Other shipment processing includes shipment planning and completion. Thetasks are therefore associated with both planning and executing.

Tools are available to support shipment monitoring during planning and execution.They include lists, graphical transportation information, and the TransportationInformation System (TIS).

Shipment cost processing begins with the creation of the shipment cost document.

The shipment costs are calculated automatically in this document.

The costs are transferred so that accruals can be posted and assignments made inControlling.

Settlement is completed with the service agents by payment of the invoice orcreation of a credit memo.

You can copy the costs arising from the shipment and calculated in the shipmentcost document into customer billing documents, and thus include the costs oftransportation in the invoice to the customer.

8 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 17: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Position of Transportation and Shipment Costs within Logistics Execution

The Shipment Document

Figure 6: The Shipment Document and its Functions

The shipment document is the central document that is used to model shipmentsin the ECC system. It contains all information necessary for organizing andcarrying out a shipment.

The shipment document provides the following functions:

� Combining inbound deliveries to form inbound shipments� Combining outbound deliveries to form outbound shipments� Assigning service agents, modes of transportation, shipment types, and so on� Planning and monitoring deadlines� Specifying shipment stages� Cross-delivery packing and creation of handling units� Creating output and shipping papers� Recording shipment-relevant texts� Recording partner information� Freight cost estimate� Shipment tendering

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 9

Page 18: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 1: Transportation in Logistics Execution SCM611

Figure 7: Structure of the Shipment Document

The shipment document contains general data that applies to the whole document,such as shipment type, transportation planning point, route, deadlines, and statusinformation. This information is displayed in the shipment header.

Since the shipment is a collection of inbound or outbound deliveries that areshipped together, the items of the shipment correspond exactly to the inbounddeliveries in the case of inbound shipments, and to the outbound deliveries in thecase of outbound shipments.

10 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 19: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Position of Transportation and Shipment Costs within Logistics Execution

Exercise 1: The Basics of TransportationProcessing

Exercise ObjectivesAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:� Describe how transportation fits into the processes in Logistics� Find information in the shipment document� Define and assign the organizational units relevant for transportation

processing in Customizing

Business ExampleBefore you begin setting up the system and trying out its shipment processes,familiarize yourself with SAP transportation processing in general. Examine thestructure of the shipment documents and identify what information they contain.

Task 1:First, you need to clarify the role of transportation processing and identify itsprocesses:

1. Explain the process chains for procurement and sales and distribution.

2. What are the individual steps involved in transportation and shipment costprocessing?

Task 2:One inbound and one outbound shipment have been created in the system asexamples.

First, display the inbound shipment.

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 11

Page 20: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 1: Transportation in Logistics Execution SCM611

Search for the document using F4 help. Use the External ID 1 field as a searchterm:

External ID 1: GR##-1 .

Hint: This search is case sensitive

1. Which inbound deliveries does the shipment contain?

2. Record the shipment document number on line 1 of your Transaction DataSheet.

3. Find the following information in the shipment document:

Shipment type:____________________________________________

Plant: _______________________________________________________

Service agent: ______________________________________________

4. Go to the inbound delivery and search for the following information:

Delivery Date: ______________________________________________

Vendor: ______________________________________________

Material number and quantity ordered: ______________________

Reference document for inbound delivery items (purchase order):

_________________________________________

Continued on next page

12 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 21: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Position of Transportation and Shipment Costs within Logistics Execution

Task 3:Now display the outbound shipment. Carry out a new search for this using the field

External ID 1: External ID1: GR##-2

Hint: This search is case sensitive

1. Which outbound deliveries does this shipment contain?

2. Record the shipment document number on line No. 2 on your data sheet.

3. Find the following information in the shipment document:

Shipment type: ______________________________________

Ship-to address: ______________________________________

Shipping point: ______________________________________

Shipment weight: ______________________________________

4. Display the corresponding document flow.

What order initiated this document flow? What is its status?

_________________________________________________________

5. Check whether the shipment costs have already been calculated for thisshipment. To do this, check the overall status of shipment cost calculation inthe shipment header. Mark the number of the shipment cost document on thedata sheet as document number 3.

Overall status of shipment cost calculation:______________________________

Number of the shipment cost document:______________________________

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 13

Page 22: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 1: Transportation in Logistics Execution SCM611

Solution 1: The Basics of TransportationProcessingTask 1:First, you need to clarify the role of transportation processing and identify itsprocesses:

1. Explain the process chains for procurement and sales and distribution.

Answer: Procurement process:Inbound shipments can take place within the procurement process. They arecreated on the basis of inbound deliveries. They document the transportationof one or more inbound deliveries from one or more vendors to thecompany�s own plants.Sales process:Outbound shipments are found in the sales process. They illustrate thetransport of one or more outbound deliveries from your plants to thecustomer. They are created on the basis of outbound deliveries.

2. What are the individual steps involved in transportation and shipment costprocessing?

Answer: Steps within transportation and shipment cost processing:

1. Create shipment document2. Process shipment document (plan and complete).3. Monitor shipments4. Create shipment cost documents5. Calculate shipment costs6. Transfer shipment costs7. Settle shipment costs with service agents8. Bill shipment costs to the customerYou do not need to complete these steps in the exact order given above. Itjust represents a typical processing scenario.

Continued on next page

14 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 23: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Position of Transportation and Shipment Costs within Logistics Execution

Task 2:One inbound and one outbound shipment have been created in the system asexamples.

First, display the inbound shipment.

Search for the document using F4 help. Use the External ID 1 field as a searchterm:

External ID 1: GR##-1 .

Hint: This search is case sensitive

1. Which inbound deliveries does the shipment contain?

Answer: Logistics → Logistics Execution → Transportation →Transportation Planning→ DisplayChoose F4 help in the Shipment number field.In the selection screen, enter your search term in the External ID 1 fieldand execute the search.Choose your shipment from the shipment list.Inbound deliveries: → Overview Screen: Shipments and Deliveries:One inbound delivery is involved in this shipment.Number: Document numbers will vary

2. Record the shipment document number on line 1 of your Transaction DataSheet.

Answer: Record the shipment document number on line 1 of yourTransaction Data Sheet.

3. Find the following information in the shipment document:

Shipment type:____________________________________________

Plant: _______________________________________________________

Service agent: ______________________________________________

a) Information in the shipment document:

Shipment type: → Goto→ Shipment overview

Field: Shipment Type: Inbound shipment (0010)

Plant: → Goto→ Shipments and deliveries overview screen:

Field: Plant: 1000 (Hamburg)

Service Agent: Overview Screen Shipments and deliveries orShipment overview: Service agent: TransLog GmbH (T-S11G##)

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 15

Page 24: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 1: Transportation in Logistics Execution SCM611

4. Go to the inbound delivery and search for the following information:

Delivery Date: ______________________________________________

Vendor: ______________________________________________

Material number and quantity ordered: ______________________

Reference document for inbound delivery items (purchase order):

_________________________________________

a) Information in the inbound delivery:

Select the inbound delivery:

Delivery date: Today�s date (Dates may vary)Vendor: T-S11F##Material: T-ATC1, 50 piecesGoto→ Item→ Preceding DataReference document (Purchaseorder):

Document numbers will vary

Continued on next page

16 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 25: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Position of Transportation and Shipment Costs within Logistics Execution

Task 3:Now display the outbound shipment. Carry out a new search for this using the field

External ID 1: External ID1: GR##-2

Hint: This search is case sensitive

1. Which outbound deliveries does this shipment contain?

a) Display outbound shipment:

Logistics→ Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ TransportationPlanning→ Display

Choose F4 help in the Shipment number field.

In the selection screen, enter your search term in the External ID 1field and execute the search.

Choose your shipment from the shipment list.

Outbound deliveries:

→ Übersichtsbild Transporte und Lieferungen:

One outbound delivery is involved in this shipment.

Number: Document numbers will vary

2. Record the shipment document number on line No. 2 on your data sheet.

a) Record the shipment document number on line No. 2 on your datasheet.

3. Find the following information in the shipment document:

Shipment type: ______________________________________

Ship-to address: ______________________________________

Shipping point: ______________________________________

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 17

Page 26: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 1: Transportation in Logistics Execution SCM611

Shipment weight: ______________________________________

a) Information in the shipment document:

� Shipment type: Overview of current shipment: Field Shipmenttype: Individual shipment - Road (0001)

� Ship-to address: Shipments and Deliveries overview screen: FieldShip-to address: 60123 Frankfurt

� Shipping point: Shipments and Deliveries overview screen: FieldShipping Point: Z0## (Hamburg)

� Shipment Weight: Shipments and Deliveries overview screen:

Field Total Weight: 467.1 kg

4. Display the corresponding document flow.

What order initiated this document flow? What is its status?

_________________________________________________________

a) Document flow: Environment→ Document Flow

Order Number: variable

The order's status is completed.

5. Check whether the shipment costs have already been calculated for thisshipment. To do this, check the overall status of shipment cost calculation inthe shipment header. Mark the number of the shipment cost document on thedata sheet as document number 3.

Overall status of shipment cost calculation:______________________________

Number of the shipment cost document:______________________________

a) Freight costs: → Goto→ Overview of current shipment: Tab ShipmentCst Cal

OvSts.ShCostCal.: completely processed

Shipment cost document number: Choose Shpmnt cost doc: numbervaries.

18 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 27: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Position of Transportation and Shipment Costs within Logistics Execution

Lesson Summary

You should now be able to:� Identify the shipment as a component of the process chains in logistics� Describe the structure of the transportation document and locate important

information in it.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 19

Page 28: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit Summary SCM611

Unit SummaryYou should now be able to:� Name the components of Logistics Execution� Describe the function of Logistics Execution within SAP ECC.� Identify the shipment as a component of the process chains in logistics� Describe the structure of the transportation document and locate important

information in it.

20 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 29: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Page 30: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Page 31: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 2Controlling Transportation Processing

Unit OverviewBasic settings are necessary for transportation processing. These include theorganizational units for shipments, shipment types and transportation relevance,which are introduced in this unit.

Unit ObjectivesAfter completing this unit, you will be able to:

� Describe the organizational units relevant to shipping.� Give an overview of the various standard shipment types� Explain the different control parameters for the shipment type� Set transportation relevance for delivery types, delivery item categories,

and routes.

Unit ContentsLesson: Organizational Units in Shipments .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Exercise 2: Organizational Units in Shipments .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Lesson: Shipment Types.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Exercise 3: Controlling Transportation.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Lesson: Transportation Relevance .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Exercise 4: Transportation Relevance.. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 21

Page 32: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 2: Controlling Transportation Processing SCM611

Lesson: Organizational Units in Shipments

Lesson OverviewThe following lesson describes particular organizational units relevant to shipping.

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

� Describe the organizational units relevant to shipping.

Business ExampleIn your company, different persons or departments are responsible for the variousmeans of transport.

Organizational Units in Logistics ExecutionThe subfunctions of the Logistics Execution system use separate organizationalunits that constitute the structural basis for process control. These organizationalunits are defined in Customizing for the enterprise structure.

Figure 8: Organizational Units in Logistics Execution

22 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 33: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Organizational Units in Shipments

The warehouse number is the higher-level organizational unit in the warehousemanagement system. It serves for mapping a warehouse complex. In practice, thisnumber often refers to to a warehouse or warehouse building. Every warehousenumber has a substructure, whose elements will be covered below. By far thelargest part of the process control is anchored in this substructure.

The organizational unit shipping point is used to model the location of shippingprocessing or the group of people commissioned for shipping processing. Ifrequired for process control, multiple shipping points can be created. Aside fromthe physical, the processing-technical elements can also be decisive. Thus, forexample, an individual shipping point could be defined according to shipmenttype (air cargo, courier service, post). The shipping point is required for goodsissue processes with outbound delivery.

The transportation planning point is required for the use of transportationprocessing in SAP ECC. As in the case of the shipping point, the transportationplanning point can be either a place or a group of people. If required, you candefine several transportation planning points. The shipping type can be a decidingfactor here as well.

Transportation Planning Point

Figure 9: Transportation Planning Point

The transportation planning point is the central point within the company thatplans, processes, and monitors shipments. It can be a location or a group of peopleresponsible for processing.

Each shipment is created and processed by a single transportation planning point.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 23

Page 34: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 2: Controlling Transportation Processing SCM611

You can freely define the transportation planning points to meet your companyrequirements, for example, in terms of the location or the mode of transport.

The transportation planning point is defined for a specific company code inCustomizing. This assignment of the planning point to the company code isimportant for shipment cost calculation and settlement.

24 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 35: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Organizational Units in Shipments

Exercise 2: Organizational Units inShipments

Exercise ObjectivesAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:� Define and assign the organizational units relevant for transportation

processing in Customizing

Business ExampleSince you also need to familiarize yourself with the organizational structures inLogistics Execution, you learn how they are defined and assigned.

Task:True or false?

1. A company code is an independent, accounting unit.Determine whether this statement is true or false.□ True□ False

2. Each plant has exactly one shipping point.Determine whether this statement is true or false.□ True□ False

3. Shipments are processed at a transportation planning point.Determine whether this statement is true or false.□ True□ False

4. Each transportation planning point must be assigned to a plant.Determine whether this statement is true or false.□ True□ False

5. Each transportation planning point must be assigned to a warehouse number.Determine whether this statement is true or false.□ True□ False

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 25

Page 36: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 2: Controlling Transportation Processing SCM611

6. Which transportation planning points are defined for company code 1000?

7. Go to the address screen for transportation planning point 1000. On whichstreet is it located?

26 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 37: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Organizational Units in Shipments

Solution 2: Organizational Units inShipmentsTask:True or false?

1. A company code is an independent, accounting unit.

Answer: True

2. Each plant has exactly one shipping point.

Answer: False

A plant can have more than one shipping point.

3. Shipments are processed at a transportation planning point.

Answer: True

4. Each transportation planning point must be assigned to a plant.

Answer: False

A transportation planning point is only defined for a particular companycode and is not linked to other organizational units.

5. Each transportation planning point must be assigned to a warehouse number.

Answer: False

A transportation planning point is only defined for a particular companycode and is not linked to other organizational units.

6. Which transportation planning points are defined for company code 1000?

Answer: Transportation planning points for company code 1000:IMG: Enterprise Structure→ Definition→ Logistics Execution→Maintain transportation planning pointCompany code 1000: Transportation planning point:1000, 1010, 1011 and 1200

7. Go to the address screen for transportation planning point 1000. On whichstreet is it located?

Answer: Select entry 1000: → Goto→ AddressStreet/House number: Altersdorferstr. 13

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 27

Page 38: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 2: Controlling Transportation Processing SCM611

Lesson Summary

You should now be able to:� Describe the organizational units relevant to shipping.

28 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 39: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Types

Lesson: Shipment Types

Lesson OverviewVarying requirements for shipments can be modelled using shipment types. In thislesson, you will become familiar with basic shipment types.

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

� Give an overview of the various standard shipment types� Explain the different control parameters for the shipment type

Business ExampleYour company handles different kinds of shipments. For example, it groupsoutbound deliveries from Hamburg to customers in southern Germany to form onetruck shipment. From Dresden, it is often cheaper to drive to one destination withonly one shipment. For overseas shipments to the USA, transportation chains areformed. This also involves different means of transport.

Examples of Shipment Scenarios

Figure 10: Examples of Shipment Scenarios

A company can use different transportation scenarios, which will becharacterized by different processing types or means of transport.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 29

Page 40: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 2: Controlling Transportation Processing SCM611

To model these different kinds of shipments, you can define shipment types inCustomizing.

Shipment Types

Figure 11: Shipment Type

The shipment type controls elements in the shipment document and thereforerepresents a particular processing type for a shipment.

Shipment type settings include:

� The leg determination type (such as automatic leg determination)� The completion type (such as loaded outbound shipment, inbound shipment)� The processing control (such as collective shipment using one mode of

transport)� The service level (such as general cargo, grouped load)� The shipping type (such as truck, train, mail)� The leg indicator (such as preliminary leg, subsequent leg, direct leg)� Copying data from preceding documents (such as forwarding agent and

route, if unique)� Message, output, text and partner determination procedures� Default values for the shipment document (such as weight and volume unit,

planning profile)� Setting to trigger automatic generation of items in a delivery document for

handling units created within a shipment

You can define your own shipment types to suit your own shipment requirements.

30 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 41: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Types

Figure 12: Individual Shipment

An individual shipment has the following characteristics:

� One or more inbound or outbound deliveries are involved in the shipment.� There is one single point of departure and one single destination.� In most cases, only one mode of transport is used.� A shipment document is created.

In the default system, shipment type 0001 is predefined. Important controlcharacteristics in Customizing include:

� Shipment Completion Type: 1 = Loaded outbound shipment� Process Control: 1 = Individual shipment using one mode of transport� Leg indicator: 4 = Direct leg

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 31

Page 42: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 2: Controlling Transportation Processing SCM611

Figure 13: Collective Shipment

A collective shipment has the following characteristics:

� One or more inbound or outbound deliveries are involved in the shipment.� There are one or more points of departure and one or more destinations.� In most cases, only one mode of transport is used.� A shipment document is created.

In the standard system, shipment type 0002 is predefined. Important controlcharacteristics in Customizing include:

� Shipment Completion Type: 1 = Loaded outbound shipment� Process Control: 3 = Collective shipment using one mode of transport� Leg Indicator: 4 = Direct leg

32 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 43: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Types

Figure 14: Transportation Chain

A transportation chain supports the shipment of inbound or outbound deliveriesfor which several modes of transport are to be used. This means that the deliveriesare involved in various subsequent shipments.

A transportation chain has the following characteristics:

� One or more deliveries are involved in several shipments.� There are one or more points of departure and one or more destinations.� Various modes of transport can be used.� Several shipment documents are created: preliminary legs, main leg, and

subsequent legs. Special shipment types are available for this in the system.

Example of a transportation chain:

� The computer manufacturer ships deliveries from Dresden and Hamburgto Boston and Philadelphia:

� The deliveries from Dresden and Hamburg are shipped separately by truck orrail to Rotterdam: Leg Indicator 1 = preliminary leg

� In Rotterdam, the deliveries are loaded together and shipped to New York:Leg Indicator 2 = main leg

� In New York, the deliveries are again shipped separately by truck to Bostonand by rail to Philadelphia: Leg Indicator 3 = subsequent leg

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 33

Page 44: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 2: Controlling Transportation Processing SCM611

34 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 45: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Types

Exercise 3: Controlling Transportation

Exercise ObjectivesAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:� Get to know the shipment type control elements� Describe the various shipment types� Check the transportation relevance

Business ExampleYou, as a project member, have helped the project team define your company'sneeds as regards transportation processing.

Now you familiarize yourself with the shipment types and their control elements.You check to make sure that the shipment types defined in the system sufficientlymeet your needs.

Shipments should always be created for some of your company�s delivery types,but not for others. You therefore check the settings for transportation relevancein the system.

Task 1:Caution: For the following exercises, only display the settings. Do notmake any changes.

If you want to test your own settings, copy an existing shipment type andonly make changes in that copy!

1. Using the control elements, first check whether the predefined shipment type0010 (inbound shipment) meets your requirements.

2. How can you tell that this is an inbound shipment?

____________________________________________________________

3. Your inbound shipments are handled by truck. Make sure that this setting iscorrect. Which indicator is responsible for this?

____________________________________________________________

4. The inbound shipment should not be part of a transportation chain. In otherwords, inbound deliveries are involved in only one inbound shipment beforearriving at their destination. How is this controlled?

____________________________________________________________

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 35

Page 46: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 2: Controlling Transportation Processing SCM611

Task 2:

1. Now check the collective shipment by road (shipment type 0002). What arethe settings for the following indicators? Make sure you understand whatthey mean.

ShpmtComplType:Process Control:Leg indicator:Determine legs:Adopt route:Pick check:

36 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 47: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Types

Solution 3: Controlling TransportationTask 1:

Caution: For the following exercises, only display the settings. Do notmake any changes.

If you want to test your own settings, copy an existing shipment type andonly make changes in that copy!

1. Using the control elements, first check whether the predefined shipment type0010 (inbound shipment) meets your requirements.

a) Controlling Shipment Type 0010 (Inbound Shipment):

Using IMG: Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ Shipments→Define Shipment Types

View the Details screen for collective shipment 0010.

2. How can you tell that this is an inbound shipment?

____________________________________________________________

a) Inbound shipment:

Field ShpmtComplType: Loaded inbound shipment

3. Your inbound shipments are handled by truck. Make sure that this setting iscorrect. Which indicator is responsible for this?

____________________________________________________________

a) Transportation by truck:

Field Shipping type: 01 Truck

4. The inbound shipment should not be part of a transportation chain. In otherwords, inbound deliveries are involved in only one inbound shipment beforearriving at their destination. How is this controlled?

____________________________________________________________

a) Not part of a transportation chain:

Field Leg indicator: Direct leg

Task 2:

1. Now check the collective shipment by road (shipment type 0002). What arethe settings for the following indicators? Make sure you understand whatthey mean.

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 37

Page 48: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 2: Controlling Transportation Processing SCM611

ShpmtComplType:Process Control:Leg indicator:Determine legs:Adopt route:Pick check:

a) Controlling Shipment Type 0002 (Collct.Shipmt-Road*):

Using IMG: Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ Shipments→Define Shipment Types

Select Collective shipment 0002 and view the Details screen.

ShpmtComplType: Loaded outbound shipment

Process Control: Collective shipment usingone mode of transport

Leg indicator: Direct leg

Determine legs: Legs determined according todeparture point & itinerary

Adopt route: Adopt all stages

Pick Check Warning regarding shipmentcompletion with incompl.check

38 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 49: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Types

Lesson Summary

You should now be able to:� Give an overview of the various standard shipment types� Explain the different control parameters for the shipment type

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 39

Page 50: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 2: Controlling Transportation Processing SCM611

Lesson: Transportation Relevance

Lesson OverviewShipments do not need to be planned for all business transactions. This iscontrolled using transportation relevance, which is explained in the followinglesson.

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

� Set transportation relevance for delivery types, delivery item categories,and routes.

Business ExampleIt is clear in your company at an early stage whether a shipment should beorganized for a delivery or not. For instance, no shipments are created forover-the-counter sales, for �outbound deliveries� of services, nor at the requestof the customer.

Transportation Relevance

Figure 15: Transportation Relevance

The delivery type, the delivery item category, and the route in the delivery usestransportation relevance to control whether a shipment can be created or not.

40 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 51: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Transportation Relevance

So that a shipment can be created, the delivery type must be set as relevant fortransportation.

Similarly, at least one delivery item category in the delivery must be relevantfor transportation.

The delivery must contain a route that is relevant for transportation. This does notapply to inbound deliveries as these do not require a route. A route is defined asthe connection between a point of departure and a destination point with severalpossible points in between.

If, for outbound deliveries, not only route but also delivery type are relevant totransportation, then the delivery has transportation planning status A. Becauseroute determination is not necessary for deliveries, only the delivery type must berelevant to transportation, so that the transportation planning status is set as A.

However, the shipment will be checked during delivery selection to see if at leastone of the item categories contained in the shipment is relevant to transportation.Only then can the (complete!) delivery be recorded in a shipment document.

Set transportation relevance in Customizing for transportation.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 41

Page 52: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 2: Controlling Transportation Processing SCM611

42 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 53: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Transportation Relevance

Exercise 4: Transportation Relevance

Exercise ObjectivesAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:� Check transportation relevance

Business ExampleShipments should always be created for some of your company�s delivery types,but not for others. You therefore check the settings for transportation relevancein the system.

Task:

1. Make sure transportation relevance is set correctly for the different operationsin your company relevant for transportation.

2. The following delivery types are among those used in your company. Checkthat these types are set as relevant for transportation in the system. Butdo not change the settings!Choose the correct answer(s).□ A Delivery LF□ B Returns delivery LR□ C Del. for stock trans. UL□ D Shipping notificat. EL

3. Find out whether the frequently-used routes from the Hamburg region tothe Frankfurt and Stuttgart regions (R00025 and R00030) are relevant fortransportation planning.

________________________________________________________________

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 43

Page 54: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 2: Controlling Transportation Processing SCM611

Solution 4: Transportation RelevanceTask:

1. Make sure transportation relevance is set correctly for the different operationsin your company relevant for transportation.

a) Check Transportation Relevance:

Using IMG: Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ Shipments→Maintain Transportation Relevance

2. The following delivery types are among those used in your company. Checkthat these types are set as relevant for transportation in the system. Butdo not change the settings!

Answer: A, B, D

Transportation Relevance for Delivery Types:Activities:Maintain transportation relevance for delivery types

3. Find out whether the frequently-used routes from the Hamburg region tothe Frankfurt and Stuttgart regions (R00025 and R00030) are relevant fortransportation planning.

________________________________________________________________

a) Transportation Relevance for Routes:

Activities:Maintain transportation relevance for routes

Click on Position... to select the routes.

R00025 and R00030 are relevant for transportation.

44 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 55: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Transportation Relevance

Lesson Summary

You should now be able to:� Set transportation relevance for delivery types, delivery item categories,

and routes.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 45

Page 56: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit Summary SCM611

Unit SummaryYou should now be able to:� Describe the organizational units relevant to shipping.� Give an overview of the various standard shipment types� Explain the different control parameters for the shipment type� Set transportation relevance for delivery types, delivery item categories,

and routes.

46 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 57: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Page 58: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Page 59: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 3Creating Shipments

Unit OverviewThe first decision made in the process is determining the method of creatingshipments. If transportation documents can be widely automated and createdbased on rules, are manual decisions required, or should system-supporteddecisions be optimized? This unit will familiarize you with the various optionsfor creating shipments.

Unit ObjectivesAfter completing this unit, you will be able to:

� Describe the possible criteria for creating shipments� Use the transportation-relevant information in the order, as well as explain

how to copy it and explain its significance for transportation� Create shipments individually� Create shipments using Collective Processing and define the necessary

processing rules� Define planning profiles and create shipments using the planning proposal.� Describe the connection to external transportation planning systems� Describe the direct communication between shipper and forwarding agent

via the Internet� Set the tendering status in the shipment document� Describe the process of shipment tendering using a freight exchange.

Unit ContentsLesson: Criteria and Methods for Creating Shipments .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Exercise 5: Creating Shipments Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Lesson: Automatically Creating Shipments .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Exercise 6: Creation of Shipments with Planning Proposal. . . . . . . . . . . . 63Exercise 7: Creating Shipments Using Collective Processing.. . . . . . . . 71

Lesson: Interfaces in External Transportation Planning Systems and OtherScenarios ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 47

Page 60: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 3: Creating Shipments SCM611

Lesson: Criteria and Methods for Creating Shipments

Lesson OverviewInbound and outbound deliveries can be grouped into shipments according todifferent criteria. Depending on these criteria, the actual creation of shipmentscan vary.

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

� Describe the possible criteria for creating shipments� Use the transportation-relevant information in the order, as well as explain

how to copy it and explain its significance for transportation� Create shipments individually

Business ExampleIn the model company, different criteria for combining deliveries and shipmentsare used.

Scenarios for Creating Shipments

Figure 16: Scenarios for Creating Shipments: Examples

Shipments are collections of inbound or outbound deliveries that are shippedtogether. The inbound or outbound deliveries therefore have the same shippingconditions.

48 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 61: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Criteria and Methods for Creating Shipments

Since these shipping conditions may differ according to companies' requirements,there are numerous criteria in the SAP System that can be used to group inboundor outbound deliveries to form shipments. These criteria are known as selectioncriteria.

Examples of selection criteria:

� Destination: Specified by such items as ship-to party, post code, country,plant

� Point of departure: Specified by such items as shipping point, warehousenumber, door, vendor

� Due date: Specified by such items as transportation planning date, deliverydate, loading date, delivery priority

� Transportation planning: Specified by such items as route Incoterms,shipping type, forwarding agent

� Other transportation-relevant information from the order or delivery: Itemssuch as means of transport, means of transport type, handling units

Transportation-Relevant Information

Figure 17: Transportation-Relevant Information in the Order

You can enter transportation-relevant information in the order. This allowsyou to store, for each order item, agreements made with the customer regardingthe shipment (shipping details screen).

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 49

Page 62: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 3: Creating Shipments SCM611

The following information is available:

� Means of transport: Specifies the vehicle type with which the goods areto be transported, such as a 20 ton truck or bulk container. Material masterrecords with a material type of a packaging material are maintained formeans of transport.

� Means of transport type: Specifies the category of the vehicle / means oftransport, such as truck, container, or ship. The means of transport typetherefore groups means of transport at a higher level. The means of transporttype is defined in the table Packaging Material Types in Customizing.

� Shipping type: With this you define the specifications for the mode oftransport, such as road, rail, sea

� Special processing indicator Specifies whether there are any specialrequirements to be met, such as express delivery.

You can also define the same data in the header of the delivery document ontab page Transport.

Figure 18: Copying Transportation-Relevant Information

The transportation-relevant information is copied from the order to the outbounddelivery header, and thus provides the split criteria for outbound deliveries. Forinstance, you cannot combine two order items that have different shipping types toform a single outbound delivery.

You can adapt the data transfer and split criteria using the copy control order -delivery.

50 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 63: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Criteria and Methods for Creating Shipments

You can use the information relevant to transportation as selection criteria whencreating shipments. For example, you can choose to combine outbound deliverieshaving "truck" as the means of transport type and �small transporter� as the meansof transport to form one shipment.

You can also copy the information from the outbound deliveries to the shipment, ifit is unique. For the means of transport, a handling unit is created in the shipment(again, only if it is unique). The transfer is performed if the �Planned� status isset. For this, you need to select an appropriate copy routine in shipment typeCustomizing.

When the shipments are planned, the system also checks the capacity of the meansof transport. If it is exceeded, a warning message appears.

Options for Creating Shipments

Figure 19: Options for Creating Shipments

The ECC system contains different options for creating shipments:

Shipments can be created manually using the �create shipment� function.Deliveries due to be shipped are chosen using different selection criteria and thedocuments manually created.

You can also use a planning proposal. This is a pre-defined profile whose rulesare used to determine how deliveries are automatically combined into shipmentsand completed with data.

The system can also create shipments automatically. You use a CollectiveProcessing run, which is executed online or in batch mode. The system createsone or more shipment documents according to different processing rules.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 51

Page 64: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 3: Creating Shipments SCM611

If the shipments are created and optimized by an external transportation planningsystem, you can link this to the ECC System with an interface.

Creating Shipments Manually

Figure 20: Creating Shipments Manually

The Create Shipment function determines all deliveries due for shipping within atransportation planning point and creates shipment documents online.

Deliveries due for shipment are all those that are transportation-relevant andhave transportation planning status A or B (see unit �Controlling TransportationProcessing�).

First, you select the inbound or outbound deliveries for which you want to createshipments. To simplify the selection procedure, you can define selection variantsand, if necessary, store them for each shipment type in Customizing.

The selected delivery documents are then listed in the transportation planningscreen. You can then manually assign shipments and continue processing them.

52 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 65: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Criteria and Methods for Creating Shipments

Exercise 5: Creating Shipments Manually

Exercise ObjectivesAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:� Select transportation-relevant inbound and outbound deliveries for shipments� Create shipments manually� Create shipments using the Planning Proposal

Business ExampleIn certain cases, the transportation planner manually creates inbound shipmentsfrom different vendors to the Hamburg plant.

A planning proposal is used to create outbound shipments from the Hamburg plantto simplify the work of the transportation planner.

You test these scenarios and create a single shipment and outbound collectiveshipments.

Task:

1. In the Hamburg transportation planning point, you create shipments fromyour vendors in Germany to your Hamburg plant.

2. Create an inbound shipment. For this, choose TransportPlanningPt 1000 aswell as Shipment type Inbound Shipment.

Select all inbound deliveries due to be shipped using the following data:

Vendor: T-S11H## and T-S11F##

Delivery date: <Today’s date minus 7days until the end ofthe month>

Hint: Use the multiple selection/single value for selection usingthe two vendors.

3. The inbound delivery to plant 1200 (Dresden) should not be included in theshipment. Move this delivery to the lower section of the Deliveries notassigned screen.

4. Now save the shipment and note the document number. Record the shipmentnumber on line 4 of your Transaction Data Sheet.

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 53

Page 66: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 3: Creating Shipments SCM611

5. * Optional

Change the current display variant for the upper half of the screen Shipmentsand deliveries by selecting one or more fields from the Hidden Fields list tomeet your requirements. Then save the variant under your group number.

54 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 67: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Criteria and Methods for Creating Shipments

Solution 5: Creating Shipments ManuallyTask:

1. In the Hamburg transportation planning point, you create shipments fromyour vendors in Germany to your Hamburg plant.

a) Create inbound shipment manually:

Choose Logistics→ Logistics Execution→ Transportation→Transportation Planning→ Create→ Single Documents

2. Create an inbound shipment. For this, choose TransportPlanningPt 1000 aswell as Shipment type Inbound Shipment.

Select all inbound deliveries due to be shipped using the following data:

Vendor: T-S11H## and T-S11F##

Delivery date: <Today’s date minus 7days until the end ofthe month>

Hint: Use the multiple selection/single value for selection usingthe two vendors.

a)

TransportPlanPt: 1000 (Trsp. Hamburg Truck)Shipment type: 0010 Inbound Shipment

Choose Select Deliveries.

Vendor: T-S11H## and T-S11F##

For entry, choose Multiple selection and enter the two vendors assingle values. Choose Copy.

Delivery date: <Today’s date minus 7days> until <the end ofthe month>

Choose Execute.

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 55

Page 68: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 3: Creating Shipments SCM611

3. The inbound delivery to plant 1200 (Dresden) should not be included in theshipment. Move this delivery to the lower section of the Deliveries notassigned screen.

a) Move inbound delivery to plant 1200:

Use drag and drop to move the inbound delivery to the lower half of theDeliveries not assigned screen.

4. Now save the shipment and note the document number. Record the shipmentnumber on line 4 of your Transaction Data Sheet.

a) Choose Save.

Record the shipment number on line 4 of your Transaction Data Sheet.

5. * Optional

Change the current display variant for the upper half of the screen Shipmentsand deliveries by selecting one or more fields from the Hidden Fields list tomeet your requirements. Then save the variant under your group number.

a) Change and save the display variant:

Call up the document in change mode:

Logistics→ Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ TransportationPlanning→ Change→ Single Documents→ Shipments and Deliveries

In the upper half of the screen, choose Current layout.

Select your required display fields and their position and length.Choose Copy to transfer the settings.

Choose Save layout and in the dialog box, enter a name (A##) and adescription for the variant.

To access your variant in the future, choose Select layout.

56 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 69: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Criteria and Methods for Creating Shipments

Lesson Summary

You should now be able to:� Describe the possible criteria for creating shipments� Use the transportation-relevant information in the order, as well as explain

how to copy it and explain its significance for transportation� Create shipments individually

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 57

Page 70: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 3: Creating Shipments SCM611

Lesson: Automatically Creating Shipments

Lesson Overview

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

� Create shipments using Collective Processing and define the necessaryprocessing rules

� Define planning profiles and create shipments using the planning proposal.

Business ExampleTo simplify creating shipments, the process occurs largely automatically withinthe the model company - partially overnight. In case that shipments must beplanned manually, for example special shipments, a system default that supportsthe transportation planner during planning should be used.

Creating Shipments Using Collective Processing

Figure 21: Creating Shipments Using Collective Processing

The system can automatically create shipments either online or in the background.

58 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 71: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Automatically Creating Shipments

You can use Collective Processing to:

� Create inbound, individual, or collective shipments� Make a full truck load (one shipment per delivery)� Create parts of a transportation chain or an entire transportation chain.

From the shipment list that contains all deliveries relevant for transportation, thesystem automatically selects deliveries and creates the desired shipments. To doso, you must specify rules that determine Shipment Processing. These are rulesthat refer to:

� Type of shipments� Selection of deliveries� Creation of the shipments (grouping deliveries, data and options)� Saving shipments� The processing log

In the ECC system, the rules are specified by creating �variants�.

Figure 22: Processing Rules for Collective Processing

In the first step (Default settings), you determine whether the system is to createinbound or outbound shipments. All other entry options depend on this selection.

Using Select Deliveries , you enter the criteria by which deliveries are selected tobe processed in a collective processing run. To do this, you can select the name ofan existing selection variant, maintain an existing variant or create a new variant.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 59

Page 72: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 3: Creating Shipments SCM611

Using the Grouping criteria variant, you determine which rules are to be appliedto allocate the selected deliveries to shipments. You can, additionally, determinethe sort order of the deliveries within the shipments and consequently the itinerary.You can also specify capacity limits (min. and max.).

Subsequently, you determine which data is to be included in the created shipments(variant Data and options).

You can also specify whether a shipment should be saved if there are errors, withsuch settings as always save data, do not save if error/warning, or never save(simulation).

Finally, you must specify which type of log is to be created during CollectiveProcessing, for example, normal log, detailed log, or very detailed log.

Creating Shipments with Planning Proposal

Figure 23: Creating Shipments with Planning Proposal

You can use the planning proposal when you create shipments manually.

This function allows the transportation planner to simplify and automate manualplanning.

You select the deliveries due for transportation manually, as you do when youcreate the shipments manually. You can then choose the planning proposal,which engages the system to automatically combine the selected deliveries inshipments and complete them with data.

Unlike Collective Processing, you can change or edit the created shipmentsmanually before saving.

60 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 73: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Automatically Creating Shipments

Figure 24: Planning Profile

The planning proposal arises from a planning profile saved in Customizingwithin the shipment type.

The planning profile contains a combination profile variant. This determineswhich criteria is used to combine the selected deliveries in shipments.

The planning profile also contains the data profile variant. In the data profile,you define which data should be entered into the created shipments. Thus, forexample, you could copy shipment and shipping type, service agent, identificationor dates into the shipments.

The values proposed by the planning profile can be changed during processing.

You can use the same variants for a planning profile as for collective processing,because the planning profile is regarded in technical terms as a variant ofCollective Processing for creating shipments.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 61

Page 74: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 3: Creating Shipments SCM611

62 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 75: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Automatically Creating Shipments

Exercise 6: Creation of Shipments withPlanning Proposal.

Exercise ObjectivesAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:� Create shipments using the planning proposal� Use the shipment worklist to create multiple shipments automatically

Business ExampleA planning proposal is used to create outbound shipments from the Hamburg plantto simplify the work of the transportation planner.

Task 1:Check the created deliveries in an order.

1. In many cases, the order processor determines in the sales order any specialrequirements for transporting the goods or defines the required means oftransport.

Call up the order with the purchase order number ##-SCM611-03.

2. Display the means of transport and the special processing indicator for eachitem.

1.Item

MeansTransp.: _____________________

Spec. processing: _____________________2.Item

MeansTransp.: _____________________

Spec. processing: _____________________

3. Branch to the document flow for the order. How many outbound deliverieshave been created? Why?

__________________________________________________________________

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 63

Page 76: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 3: Creating Shipments SCM611

Task 2:Create shipment documents using a planning proposal and check the result.

1. Create the shipments in the transportation planning point in Hamburg (1000).Use the shipment type for collective shipments by road (0002). Outbounddeliveries should be selected using the following criteria:

Shipping Point Z0##

Delivery date: from and to <Today’s date minus 7days> until <the end of themonth>

2. Move the outbound delivery to Frankfurt with weight 259.5 kg to theDeliveries not assigned section.

3. Now select all outbound deliveries and choose the planning proposal.

Which planning profile is proposed? Where does it come from?

____________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________

4. Display the combination profile by choosing Change.

Which criteria are used to combine the outbound deliveries? (Don�t changethe settings!)

____________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________

5. Display the data profile. What data is assigned to the created shipments?

____________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________

6. Now execute the planning proposal.

How many shipments are created? Why?

____________________________________________________________

Go to overview for each shipment and check whether the requiredinformation has been copied from the data profile.

Continued on next page

64 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 77: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Automatically Creating Shipments

Shipment Number Destinations Route(s)$1$2$3

Save the remaining shipments and note the document numbers.

Record the shipment document numbers on lines 5, 6, and 7 of yourTransaction Data Sheet. Make sure you record each shipment number onthe line matching the itinerary of the shipment.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 65

Page 78: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 3: Creating Shipments SCM611

Solution 6: Creation of Shipments withPlanning Proposal.Task 1:Check the created deliveries in an order.

1. In many cases, the order processor determines in the sales order any specialrequirements for transporting the goods or defines the required means oftransport.

Call up the order with the purchase order number ##-SCM611-03.

a) Display transportation-relevant information in the sales order:

Logistics→ Sales and Distribution→ Sales→ Order→ Display

b) Search using the purchase order number Input Purchase Order No.:##-SCM611–03and click Search.

c) Select the order found and choose Copy.

2. Display the means of transport and the special processing indicator for eachitem.

1.Item

MeansTransp.: _____________________

Spec. processing: _____________________2.Item

MeansTransp.: _____________________

Spec. processing: _____________________

a) Choose Goto→ Item→ Shipping, Shipping tab:

MeansTransp.: TM-100

Spec. processing:

b) Choose Next Item in order to see details for the second item.

MeansTransp.: TM-101

Spec. processing: EX

3. Branch to the document flow for the order. How many outbound deliverieshave been created? Why?

Continued on next page

66 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 79: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Automatically Creating Shipments

__________________________________________________________________

a) Display document flow:

Return to the overview screen

Environment→ Display document flow

Hint: If you only see one delivery, return to the order usingBack and click on a header field in the order, for example

sold-to party, before calling up the document flow again.

Two deliveries were created, because the means of transportrepresent a split criterion for delivery creation. In other words, thetransportation-relevant information must be unique for each outbounddelivery.

Task 2:Create shipment documents using a planning proposal and check the result.

1. Create the shipments in the transportation planning point in Hamburg (1000).Use the shipment type for collective shipments by road (0002). Outbounddeliveries should be selected using the following criteria:

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 67

Page 80: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 3: Creating Shipments SCM611

Shipping Point Z0##

Delivery date: from and to <Today’s date minus 7days> until <the end of themonth>

a) Choose Logistics → Logistics Execution→ Transportation →Transportation Planning→ Create→ Single Documents

b)

TransportPlanningPt 1000 Trsp. Hamburg TruckShipment type Collct.Shipmt-Road*

Choose Select Deliveries to reach selection of deliveries.

c)

Shipping Point Z0##

Delivery date: from and to <Today’s date minus 7days> until <the end ofthe month>

Choose Execute.

2. Move the outbound delivery to Frankfurt with weight 259.5 kg to theDeliveries not assigned section.

a) Mark the outbound delivery to Frankfurt with weight 259.5 kg and dragit to the Deliveries not assigned section.

3. Now select all outbound deliveries and choose the planning proposal.

Which planning profile is proposed? Where does it come from?

____________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________

a) Choose Select All, followed by Create Planning Proposal forSelected Deliveries.

The found Planning Profile: 0002-02 is assigned to Customizing forthe shipment type.

4. Display the combination profile by choosing Change.

Which criteria are used to combine the outbound deliveries? (Don�t changethe settings!)

Continued on next page

68 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 81: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Automatically Creating Shipments

____________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________

a) In the Combination profile section, choose Change.

The outbound deliveries are combined according to shipping point,route, means of transport, and special processing indicator.

The routes are grouped; you can tell this by the fact that the arrowpointing to the right at the end of the Route line is activated (the boxis green). This means that outbound deliveries among others arecombined according to this group of routes.

Choose Back.

5. Display the data profile. What data is assigned to the created shipments?

____________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________

a) In the Data profile section, choose Change.

You want to create collective shipments in transportation planningpoint 1000. Data:

Service Agent: 1058

Leg determination: should be performed

Choose Back.

6. Now execute the planning proposal.

How many shipments are created? Why?

____________________________________________________________

Go to overview for each shipment and check whether the requiredinformation has been copied from the data profile.

Shipment Number Destinations Route(s)$1$2$3

Save the remaining shipments and note the document numbers.

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 69

Page 82: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 3: Creating Shipments SCM611

Record the shipment document numbers on lines 5, 6, and 7 of yourTransaction Data Sheet. Make sure you record each shipment number onthe line matching the itinerary of the shipment.

a) Choose Execute.

Based on the grouping criteria, three shipments were created:

Shipment Number Destinations Route(s)$1 Berlin R00001$2 Frankfurt-

Stuttgart-

Munich

R00025

R00030

R00020$3 Stuttgart R00030

Record the shipment document numbers on lines 5, 6, and 7 of yourTransaction Data Sheet. Make sure you record each shipment numberon the line matching the itinerary of the shipment.

All outbound deliveries in the second shipment have routes belongingto the same group, and they all have the same means of transport(TM-100).

The outbound delivery in the third shipment belongs to the same routegroup but has a different means of transport.

The outbound delivery in the first shipment has a route from a differentgroup.

70 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 83: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Automatically Creating Shipments

Exercise 7: Creating Shipments UsingCollective Processing

Exercise ObjectivesAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:� Use the shipment worklist to create several shipments automatically

Business ExampleIn Dresden, shipments are usually created automatically using CollectiveProcessing.

Task 1:Carry out a collective run in which you create outbound individual shipments forall deliveries due to be shipped from your shipping point in Dresden.

1. You would like to define new processing rules for Collective Processing thatshould be used for outbound shipments.

2. Create a new selection variant called DRESDEN##.

The following outbound deliveries should be selected when you use thisvariant:

Shipping Point X0##(## Shipping Point Dresden)Country of destination DE(Germany)Delivery date: from and to <Today’s date minus 7

days> until <the end of themonth>

External Delivery ID NORMAL (Use capitals!)

3. Since you want to create individual shipments with one destination pershipment, group the selected outbound deliveries according to ship-toparty. Enter the variant DRESDEN## for grouping criteria by choosing theshipping point and the number of the ship-to party as grouping criteria.

The shipment cannot exceed a maximum weight of 7.5 tons.

4. Next, define the data and options for the shipment document. Once again,create a variant titled DRESDEN##. The following data should be entered:

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 71

Page 84: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 3: Creating Shipments SCM611

TransportPlanPt: 1200 (Dresden)Shipment type 0001 Indiv.Shipment - RoadService agent 1106 (SPEDITRANS Transport

GmbH)External ID 1 Shipment run ##

The status Planned should be set as Planned.

5. Now, the combination of newly created variants should be saved as a variantfor Collective Processing. In the case of error or warning messages, noshipment should be saved, but a normal log should be saved.

Task 2:Carry out Collective Processing by using the above variants.

1. Start Collective Processing.

2. How many outbound deliveries were found?

_______________________________________________________________

3. What shipments were created? Record the shipment document numbers onlines 8, 9, 10, and 11 of your data sheet.

_______________________________________________________________

4. Display one of the shipments that was created and make sure that all thefields specified in the Data and Options variant have been filled in:

TransportPlanPt:Shipment type:Service agent:External ID 1:Status:

72 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 85: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Automatically Creating Shipments

Solution 7: Creating Shipments UsingCollective ProcessingTask 1:Carry out a collective run in which you create outbound individual shipments forall deliveries due to be shipped from your shipping point in Dresden.

1. You would like to define new processing rules for Collective Processing thatshould be used for outbound shipments.

a) Choose Logistics→ Logistics Execution→ Transportation→Transportation Planning→ Create→ Collective Processing

b) Select Create outgoing shipments in the Default settingssection.

2. Create a new selection variant called DRESDEN##.

The following outbound deliveries should be selected when you use thisvariant:

Shipping Point X0##(## Shipping Point Dresden)Country of destination DE(Germany)Delivery date: from and to <Today’s date minus 7

days> until <the end of themonth>

External Delivery ID NORMAL (Use capitals!)

a) Input in Selection variant; DRESDEN## and choose Maintn.

Enter the following selection criteria:

Shipping Point X0##(## Shipping PointDresden)

Country of destination DE(Germany)Delivery date: from and to <Today’s date minus 7

days> until <the end ofthe month>

External Delivery ID NORMAL (Use capitals!)

Choose Variant Attributes. Give the variant the meaning Dresden##and save by clicking

Choose Back twice.Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 73

Page 86: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 3: Creating Shipments SCM611

3. Since you want to create individual shipments with one destination pershipment, group the selected outbound deliveries according to ship-toparty. Enter the variant DRESDEN## for grouping criteria by choosing theshipping point and the number of the ship-to party as grouping criteria.

The shipment cannot exceed a maximum weight of 7.5 tons.

a) Input in Grouping criteria; DRESDEN## and choose Maintn.

Select grouping criteria Shipping point and Number of ship-to party.

Enter for capacity limit Weight Max.: 7.5 to.

Choose Variant Attributes. Give the variant the meaning Dresden##and save by clicking .

Choose Back.

4. Next, define the data and options for the shipment document. Once again,create a variant titled DRESDEN##. The following data should be entered:

TransportPlanPt: 1200 (Dresden)Shipment type 0001 Indiv.Shipment - RoadService agent 1106 (SPEDITRANS Transport

GmbH)External ID 1 Shipment run ##

The status Planned should be set as Planned.

a) Input in Data and options: DRESDEN## and choose Maintn.

Enter the data as it appears in the following table:

TransportPlanPt: 1200 (Dresden)Shipment type 0001 Indiv.Shipment - RoadService agent 1106 (SPEDITRANS Transport

GmbH)External ID 1 Shipment run ##

Select the status Planned.

Choose Variant Attributes. Give the variant the meaning Dresden##and save by clicking .

Choose Back.

Continued on next page

74 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 87: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Automatically Creating Shipments

5. Now, the combination of newly created variants should be saved as a variantfor Collective Processing. In the case of error or warning messages, noshipment should be saved, but a normal log should be saved.

a) In the area Save created shipments, choose Do not save ifwarning/error and in the Log area, choose the Normal logselection.

b) Choose Save as Variant and enter in the next screen under VariantName V##. Assign the Meaning Collective processing.

Save by pressing .

Task 2:Carry out Collective Processing by using the above variants.

1. Start Collective Processing.

a) If you exited the transaction after the previous task, choose Logistics→Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ Transportation Planning→Create→ Collective Processing.

b) Choose Get Variant and select your variant with the name V##.

c) Then, carry out Collective Processing by choosing Execute.

2. How many outbound deliveries were found?

_______________________________________________________________

a) Expand the log in order to display the details.

Four outbound deliveries were found.

3. What shipments were created? Record the shipment document numbers onlines 8, 9, 10, and 11 of your data sheet.

_______________________________________________________________

a) Four shipments were created. Record the shipment document numberson lines 8, 9, 10, and 11 of your data sheet.

4. Display one of the shipments that was created and make sure that all thefields specified in the Data and Options variant have been filled in:

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 75

Page 88: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 3: Creating Shipments SCM611

TransportPlanPt:Shipment type:Service agent:External ID 1:Status:

a) Place the cursor on one of the created shipments and choose Displaydocument.

TransportPlanPt: 1200

Shipment type: Individual shipment -Road (0001)

Service agent: 1106

External ID 1: Shipment RUN##

Status: Planned

76 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 89: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Automatically Creating Shipments

Lesson Summary

You should now be able to:� Create shipments using Collective Processing and define the necessary

processing rules� Define planning profiles and create shipments using the planning proposal.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 77

Page 90: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 3: Creating Shipments SCM611

Lesson: Interfaces in External Transportation PlanningSystems and Other Scenarios

Lesson OverviewIn situations where the transportation planning in the SAP system does not meetall your requirements, it is possible to connect to another system or establisha communication system allowing for cooperation with forwarding agents. Thislesson explains the different options.

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

� Describe the connection to external transportation planning systems� Describe the direct communication between shipper and forwarding agent

via the Internet� Set the tendering status in the shipment document� Describe the process of shipment tendering using a freight exchange.

Business ExampleThe model company wants to examine how transportation planning can besupported with optimization tools, as well as the extent that collaborative scenariosare possible.

78 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 91: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Interfaces in External Transportation Planning Systems and Other Scenarios

Transportation Planning Using a Subsystem

Figure 25: Transportation Planning Using a Subsystem

To meet special customer requirements for efficient and optimized transportationplanning, you can use the LE-TPS interface between the ECC system and one ormore specialized external transportation planning systems (TPS).

For planning shipments using an external system, the system selects a set ofdeliveries to be shipped in the system and sends them to the planning system viathe interface. The planning system then combines the deliveries to form shipmentsaccording to optimization criteria. The shipments are transferred back to thesystem via the interface, which triggers the generation of the shipment documents.

The transportation planning system thus combines and changes the shipments. Allother processing tasks for the shipment (printing documents, reporting the startof shipment, and so on) are performed in the system using standard documentprocessing functions.

To link the external system to the SAP system, you assign the external system to atransportation planning point.

Communication between the systems is based on ALE technology and thetransmission of IDocs.

Normally, data transfer is initiated by output control for deliveries. You mustfirst define a corresponding output type (TPS0 as template) for the transportationplanning point.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 79

Page 92: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 3: Creating Shipments SCM611

Transportation Planning with SAP SCMWith SAP SCM TP/VS (Transportation Planning / Vehicle Scheduling), youcan explicitly plan, optimize and perform all transportation planning betweenorganizations. The fundamentals of planning are sales (sales orders, purchaseorders, returns or stock transfer orders) and deliveries that you created in SAPECC and transferred to SAP SCM over the SAP APO Core Interface (CIF). Theresult of TP/VS Planning are planned shipments that you transfer to SAP ECCafter planning is completed. There, you carry out the shipment execution.

Figure 26: Transportation Planning with TP/VS

FeaturesInteractive Planning

You use interactive planning to plan and edit manual shipments for yoursales and deliveries. The planning view with various planning boards isavailable for interactive planning.

OptimizationYou can optimize the planning of shipments based upon costs, as well asdetermine optimal delivery sequences and transportation dates and times.Constraints (such as loading capacity, loading resources, incompatibilities)are taken into consideration. You can start optimization from interactiveplanning or plan it in the background. You can further edit the optimizationresults in interactive planning.

80 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 93: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Interfaces in External Transportation Planning Systems and Other Scenarios

Transportation Service Provider SelectionYou can manually or automatically assign transportation service providers toyour planned shipments using the transportation service provider selection.The system bases automatic assignment on a transportation service provider'sprofile using the criteria you define for assignment, such as costs or priority.You can interactively trigger the transportation service provider selection orplan it in the background.

Communication with Forwarding Agents

Figure 27: Tendering for Service Agents

A created shipment can be tendered and offered to a service agent. Shippers andservice agents communicate over the Internet, so the service agent needs neitheran R/3 System nor EDI.

An example of the usual tendering procedure:

� The shipper creates a shipment in the SAP system. Before it can be tendered,it must be planned. In other words, the service agent and stages must bedefined.

� The shipper offers the shipment to the service agent via the Internet(tendering).

� The service agent has Internet access to the shipments offered, and canaccept them, reject them, or accept them under certain conditions.

� The shipper confirms the acceptance or rejection by the service agent andsends further information if necessary.

� The service agent starts to process the shipment, defining planned data andsetting a status for the shipment.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 81

Page 94: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 3: Creating Shipments SCM611

The forwarding agent can access information about new shipments at any timefrom the tendering list. The forwarding agent can view the processing status ofaccepted shipments in the status list.

Figure 28: Tendering in the Shipment Document

The �tendering� tab in the shipment overview summarizes the most importantinformation about the tendering of the shipment.

The tendering status indicates the current status of a shipment with respect tonegotiations with a forwarding agent over the Internet.

Certain conditions are defined for setting each individual tendering status.Generally, you can only set a status if a forwarding agent is defined at headerlevel in the shipment, if stages are defined, and a Planned status is set.

The shipper makes some status settings, and the forwarding agent makes others.

In the �Acceptance condition/rejection reason� field, you can define the conditionsunder which a forwarding agent accepts or rejects a shipment.

82 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 95: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Interfaces in External Transportation Planning Systems and Other Scenarios

Figure 29: Tendering via Freight Exchange

Freight exchanges enable their members (who include both shippers andforwarding agents) to match shippers who need transportation services withforwarding agents who provide transportation services.

The shipper and forwarding agent exchange information related to thetransportation requirements, shipping conditions and prices.

When the shipment is completed, the freight exchange issues an invoice to theshipper and pays the forwarding agent.

Generally, transportation planners use the freight exchange service for smaller(Less than truck load/partial load) shipments in an environment in which theforwarding agents are seeking smaller shipments to complete a load.

In these cases, the forwarding agent will be more inclined to perform the serviceat a lower price.

When the shipment is tendered to the freight exchange, the shipper specifiesthe maximum price and a time. A carrier can respond with an offer that can beaccepted or rejected by the shipper.

The freight exchange tendering process is performed via the Internet with theuse of XML documents.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 83

Page 96: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 3: Creating Shipments SCM611

Figure 30: Transportation Planning by the Forwarding Agent

In a business scenario in which a forwarding agent works primarily for a particularshipper (or a shipper primarily for a particular forwarding agent), collaborationbetween the shipper and forwarding agent can save both partners time and money.There are various scenarios for such cases.

In one, the forwarding agent can principally work like an external transportationplanning system. The shipper transfers the deliveries to the forwarding agent; theforwarding agent then groups these deliveries in his own system. These plannedshipments are then transferred back from the forwarding agent and generated inthe shipper's SAP system, where they can be further processed.

84 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 97: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Interfaces in External Transportation Planning Systems and Other Scenarios

Figure 31: Transportation Planning in Cooperation with the ForwardingAgent

Another possibility is that the forwarding agent can access the shipper's system byan Internet portal. Thus, the forwarding agent can save the costs of EDI or othersoftware. The shipper maintains control over the planning process because theshipper can determine which planning functions the forwarding agent receivesand which data the forwarding agent can see and change. The shipper does thisin the configuration of transportation processing for forwarding agents using thebasic settings required by forwarding agents for transportation planning, statusand result confirmation. The shipper can accept or reject the forwarding agent'splanned shipments at any time. If the tendering status is set to �confirmed� bythe shipper, an email message can be sent automatically to the forwarding agentusing output controls.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 85

Page 98: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 3: Creating Shipments SCM611

Lesson Summary

You should now be able to:� Describe the connection to external transportation planning systems� Describe the direct communication between shipper and forwarding agent

via the Internet� Set the tendering status in the shipment document� Describe the process of shipment tendering using a freight exchange.

86 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 99: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Unit Summary

Unit SummaryYou should now be able to:� Describe the possible criteria for creating shipments� Use the transportation-relevant information in the order, as well as explain

how to copy it and explain its significance for transportation� Create shipments individually� Create shipments using Collective Processing and define the necessary

processing rules� Define planning profiles and create shipments using the planning proposal.� Describe the connection to external transportation planning systems� Describe the direct communication between shipper and forwarding agent

via the Internet� Set the tendering status in the shipment document� Describe the process of shipment tendering using a freight exchange.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 87

Page 100: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit Summary SCM611

88 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 101: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Page 102: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Page 103: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4Shipment Processing

Unit OverviewDepending on the situation, different information is required in transportationdocuments, such as for settlement or external communication. This unit explainsthe various options as well as automation functions.

Unit ObjectivesAfter completing this unit, you will be able to:

� Describe the concept of shipment stages and how they are determined� Define routes, explain how they are determined, and describe their

importance in the shipment process.� Give examples of message types� Transfer information from the delivery documents to the shipment document� Call up various status information� Define and assign activity profiles� Describe the option of splitting deliveries after shipment creation (subsequent

delivery split)� Process several shipment documents using mass changes� Estimate shipment costs� Pack and load the goods for shipment� Explain the connection to the dangerous goods check in shipments� Explain the procedure for the dangerous goods check� Generate different lists to obtain information about shipments� Use these lists as a basis for further shipment processing� Use graphical transportation information as a key source of data

Unit ContentsLesson: Stages.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Exercise 8: Stages .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Lesson: Processing Functions in Shipments... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107

Exercise 9: Shipment Processing ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 89

Page 104: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

Lesson: Additional Functions in Shipments .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121Exercise 10: Using Mass Changes for Shipment Documents .. . . . . . .125

Lesson: Packing and Loading in Shipments ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129Exercise 11: Packing and Loading in Shipments.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131

Lesson: Dangerous Goods Management in Shipments .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135Lesson: Shipment Monitoring .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141

Exercise 12: Shipment Monitoring .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149

90 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 105: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Stages

Lesson: Stages

Lesson OverviewThis lesson explains the different options for creating stages.

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

� Describe the concept of shipment stages and how they are determined� Define routes, explain how they are determined, and describe their

importance in the shipment process.

Business ExampleGeographical information in the shipment document that is mapped using stages isnecessary for transportation processing and shipment cost calculation.

Stages

Figure 32: Shipment Stages

Stages contain information on the geographical characteristics of a shipment. Thisinformation is frequently used as a basis for calculating shipment costs.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 91

Page 106: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

The system differentiates between the following stage types:

� Leg: Connection between a starting point and an ending point; a starting orending point can be a transportation connection point, a shipping point, anunloading point at the customer's or vendor's site, or similar location.

� Load transfer point: Location/point where a shipment is loaded/unloadedor transferred from one means of transport to another

� Border crossing point: Location/point where a shipment crosses the border.

For each stage, you can record information, such as the responsible service agent,deadlines, distance, shipment cost relevance, freight code, and so on.

You can also assign the deliveries to the individual stages.

Figure 33: Determining the Shipment Stages

There are several options for determining stages in the shipment document.

You canmanually create the stages on the stage screen of the shipment document.You can use all three types of stages as required.

One way of simplifying manual entry of stages is to let the system automaticallydetermine the legs. However, this function does not involve intelligent routedetermination with geographic optimization!

Based on simple rules, the system generates legs only, determining the pointsof departure, the destinations, and some leg-related data such as shipping type,service agent, leg indicator, and shipment cost relevance.

Using the Determine legs parameter in Customizing for the shipment type, youcan control which type of leg determination is used.

92 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 107: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Stages

Another way of simplifying stage determination is to adopt the stages from theroute in the shipment document header. In this case, the stages defined in theroute are copied. Using the Adopt route parameter in the shipment type, you cancontrol if and which stages are to be adopted.

This method of determining stages is highly recommended for recurringoperations. It considerably reduces the amount of manual maintenance of thestages.

Route Determination

Figure 34: Automatic Leg Determination

The system provides several automatic leg determination procedures. Thereare currently 6 different procedures in the standard system. You control legdetermination using a leg determination indicator , which is defined for theshipment type.

Example:

Leg determination indicator 1: Legs determined according to departure pointand itinerary.

The goods are sequentially picked up at the shipping points (pick-up sequence)and then sequentially delivered to the ship-to parties (itinerary).

� The itinerary is derived from the sequence of the deliveries in the shipmentdocument.

� The pick-up sequence is derived from the fact that the goods loaded lastreach their shipping point first; however, you can change this sequence in adialog box.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 93

Page 108: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

You can trigger automatic leg determination by:

� Initiating it directly on the Stages screen in the shipment document� Setting status Planned in the shipment header

If the leg determination procedures in the standard system do not meet yourrequirements, you can activate a customer enhancement (�V56SLDET�), whichlets you create your own leg determination procedure.

Routes in the Shipment

Figure 35: Route Information

You define routes in Customizing.

A route can contain many pieces of information that are important for theshipment, such as distance, transportation lead time, travel duration, shippingtype, service agent, and so on.

In the route definition, you can define a total weight allowed. When this field isfilled in a route, a message is displayed for any shipment that uses this route thatexceeds the allowed total weight. The allowed total weight field is not used inorder or delivery processing.

If you define stages for the route, you first need to provide transportationconnection points by creating starting points and destination points for the legs,as well as load transfer points and border crossing points.

94 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 109: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Stages

At the stage level, you can also define information such as distance, service agent,leg indicator, shipping type, travel duration, and total duration.

A transportation connection point could be an airport, a railway station, a harbor,or a border crossing point. However, you can also use the connection point to referto a plant, a shipping point, a customer, or a vendor.

Figure 36: Route Definition

A route is the journey to be covered between a departure point and a destination.

A route can be defined in great detail and consists of individual stages, but it canalso be a quite general description or even simply a destination area.

Like a shipment stage, a stage can be a leg, a load transfer point, or a bordercrossing point.

Example:

The above route consists of 5 stages - 3 legs, 1 load transfer point, and 1 bordercrossing point.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 95

Page 110: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

Figure 37: Route Determination

The system determines the route for each order item. The following criteriaplay a role in this:

� The departure zone of the shipping point (definition of the shipping point)� The shipping condition from the customer (from the customer master of

the sold-to party)� The transportation group of the material (from the material master)� The transportation zone of the ship-to party (from the customer master of

the ship-to party)

The route can be redetermined in the outbound delivery. In addition to the abovecriteria, the weight group of the delivery is considered.

If you are working with routes in the shipment (optional), you can enter adifferent route here. This route does not have to be identical to one of the routesin the deliveries.

It is also possible to transfer the route from the deliveries to the shipment (if itis the same for all deliveries). When the status is set to �planned� in the shipmentdocument, the route and some other information are copied.

To adopt the route, you must define an appropriate copy routine for the shipmenttype (in the standard system: routine 2, 7, 11, or 12). The system does notautomatically determine the route in inbound deliveries. You can enter the routemanually in the header of the inbound delivery. The route can also be transferredto the shipment document, as with outbound deliveries.

96 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 111: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Stages

Figure 38: Transfer of Stages From the Route to the Shipment

A route can be used in the shipment header, but this is optional.

If you defined stages for the route, and the Adopt stages from route in shipmentheader parameter is set for the shipment type, the route stages are copied asshipment stages.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 97

Page 112: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

98 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 113: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Stages

Exercise 8: Stages

Exercise ObjectivesAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:� Execute stage determination� Define stages in routes

Business ExampleOnce the shipments have been created, stages must be created or the legs that weredetermined must be checked.

Task 1:The same forwarding agent always handles the inbound shipments from vendorsto your Hamburg plant. This forwarding agent always uses a particular route. Thisroute also provides the basis for calculating the shipment costs. You thereforework with routes in the shipment header for the inbound shipments.

1. Create the new route RZ00## with the description Inbound ShipmentsRoute TransLog ##.

2. Define two new connection points for vendors T-S11F## and T-S11H##.Enter the number of the vendor as the description of the point.

Hint: Before stages can be created in the route, transportationconnection points need to be defined (this is one of the biggerdifferences from creating stages in the shipment document manually:Transportation connection points can be used there, but do not haveto be).

3. Now create the stages of your route.

Mark both stages as relevant for shipment costs and enter shipping type01 TRUCK.

Stage 1: Shipment Leg Departure point T-S11F##

Dest. point T-S11H##

Service agent: T-S11G##(TransLog)

Distance: 135 km

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 99

Page 114: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

Stage 2: Shipment Leg Departure point T-S11H##

Dest. point Plant1000

Service agent: T-S11G##(TransLog)

Distance: 580 km

Task 2:You would now like to plan the inbound shipment that you created in the �CreatingShipments� unit (line 4 on the data sheet).

1. Call up the inbound shipment to Change.

2. Enter the route you have just created in the shipment overview. Then go tothe to the Stages tab in the lower part of the screen. Which shipment stageshave been created? Why?

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

3. Determine which inbound deliveries are included in each stage.

Stage 1: ______________________________________________

Stage 2: ______________________________________________

Task 3:You are now planning the collective shipment Hamburg � Frankfurt � Stuttgart �Munich, which you created using the planning proposal (line no. 6 on the datasheet).

1. Call up the collective shipment to change it.

2. Go to the Stages tab. Which stages have been created? What setting wasthese stages based on?

Stage 1: ______________________________________________

Stage 2: ______________________________________________

Stage 3: ______________________________________________

________________________________________________________

100 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 115: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Stages

Solution 8: StagesTask 1:The same forwarding agent always handles the inbound shipments from vendorsto your Hamburg plant. This forwarding agent always uses a particular route. Thisroute also provides the basis for calculating the shipment costs. You thereforework with routes in the shipment header for the inbound shipments.

1. Create the new route RZ00## with the description Inbound ShipmentsRoute TransLog ##.

a) In the IMG, choose: Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ BasicTransportation Functions→ Routes→ Define Routes→ DefineRoutes and Stages

b) Choose the New Entries button. Enter the following data:

Route: RZ00##

Description: Inbound shipmentsroute TransLog ##

Save the new route.

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 101

Page 116: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

2. Define two new connection points for vendors T-S11F## and T-S11H##.Enter the number of the vendor as the description of the point.

Hint: Before stages can be created in the route, transportationconnection points need to be defined (this is one of the biggerdifferences from creating stages in the shipment document manually:Transportation connection points can be used there, but do not haveto be).

a) In the dialog structure, choose Transportation connection point,followed by New Entries:

Enter the following data:

Points: T-S11F## - SunnyElectronics

(Reference cust./vendor) Vendor: T-S11F##

Click Save, followed by Back. Then choose New Entries forthe next connection point:

Points: T-S11H## - PAQ(Reference cust./vendor) Vendor: T-S11H##

After choosing Save, select Back twice to return to the newlydefined route.

3. Now create the stages of your route.

Mark both stages as relevant for shipment costs and enter shipping type01 TRUCK.

Stage 1: Shipment Leg Departure point T-S11F##

Dest. point T-S11H##

Service agent: T-S11G##(TransLog)

Distance: 135 km

Continued on next page

102 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 117: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Stages

Stage 2: Shipment Leg Departure point T-S11H##

Dest. point Plant1000

Service agent: T-S11G##(TransLog)

Distance: 580 km

a) In the dialog structure, choose Route Stages.

Caution: There are two icons, Insert New Entry and AddNew Entry. In the first step, it does not matter which icon youuse. In the next step, however, the sequence of stages is definedby whether the stage is �added� (at the end) or �inserted�(before the actual item). You can also shift between aSingle-Column and Double-Column view. As long as only onestage is defined, pressing Shift always results in a detailed view.

Choose Insert New Entry or Add New Entry

Departure point: T-S11F##

Dest. point: T-S11H##

Service agent: T-S11G##

Distance: 135

Unit: km

Shipping type: 01

ShCR: Select

Save the stage and choose Back.

Choose Double-Column and then Back (the system goes to stagedetails first),

Choose Add New Entry:

Departure point: T-S11H##

Dest. point: Plant1000

Service agent: T-S11G##

Distance: 580

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 103

Page 118: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

Unit: kg

Shipping type: 01

ShCR: Select

Note: You must enter the destination point in thedouble-column view first. Then you can maintain the values inthe table or by using Details.

Click Save and exit route maintenance by clicking Back.

Task 2:You would now like to plan the inbound shipment that you created in the �CreatingShipments� unit (line 4 on the data sheet).

1. Call up the inbound shipment to Change.

a) Logistics→ Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ TransportationPlanning→ Change→ Single Documents

Enter the number of the shipment document from the �CreatingShipments� unit (see Line no. 4 on the data sheet).

2. Enter the route you have just created in the shipment overview. Then go tothe to the Stages tab in the lower part of the screen. Which shipment stageshave been created? Why?

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

a) Shipment Overview: Processing tab.

Shipment Route: RZ00##

Lower half of screen: Stages: tab:

Both stages of route RZ00## were copied: Section 1: Stuttgart -Mannheim: From vendor T-S11H## to vendor T-S11H##.

Stage 2: Mannheim - Hamburg: From vendor T-S11H## to plant 1000

Inbound Shipment (0010) is stored as the shipment type in Customizingso that all stages of the route are copied in the shipment header asshipment stages (Adopt Route indicator).

3. Determine which inbound deliveries are included in each stage.

Stage 1: ______________________________________________

Continued on next page

104 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 119: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Stages

Stage 2: ______________________________________________

a) Lower half of screen: Stages tab:

Select the stages and choose the Deliveries button at the bottom leftof the screen.

Stage 1: The inbound deliveries from vendor T-S11F## onlyStage 2: All deliveries from both T-S11F## and T-S11H##

b) Save your document.

Task 3:You are now planning the collective shipment Hamburg � Frankfurt � Stuttgart �Munich, which you created using the planning proposal (line no. 6 on the datasheet).

1. Call up the collective shipment to change it.

a) Logistics→ Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ TransportationPlanning→ Change→ Single Documents

Enter the number of the second collective shipment you created usingthe planning proposal in Exercise 6 of the �Creating Shipments� unit(see line no. 6 on your data sheet).

2. Go to the Stages tab. Which stages have been created? What setting wasthese stages based on?

Stage 1: ______________________________________________

Stage 2: ______________________________________________

Stage 3: ______________________________________________

________________________________________________________

a) Shipment stages:

Shipment Overview: Stages tab: Lower half of screen.

Stage 1: Hamburg (Plant 1000) - Frankfurt ( T-S11A##)

Stage 2: Frankfurt (T-S11A##) - Stuttgart (T-S11B##)

Stage 3: Stuttgart (T-S11B##) - Munich (T-S11C##)

The stages are automatically determined using leg determination;the Data and Options variant of the planning proposal set the LegDetermination indicator so that it is set automatically when theplanning proposal is created.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 105

Page 120: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

Lesson Summary

You should now be able to:� Describe the concept of shipment stages and how they are determined� Define routes, explain how they are determined, and describe their

importance in the shipment process.

106 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 121: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Processing Functions in Shipments

Lesson: Processing Functions in Shipments

Lesson OverviewIn this lesson, you will become familiar with the various processing functions inthe shipment document.

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

� Give examples of message types� Transfer information from the delivery documents to the shipment document� Call up various status information� Define and assign activity profiles

Business Example

Texts and Messages

Figure 39: Texts in the Shipment Document (Examples)

Texts can contain essential information on the shipment process. You can definetexts for each shipment as required at the header level.

The text type in the shipment document is controlled using a text determinationprocedure that can be assigned to each shipment type.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 107

Page 122: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

Figure 40: Messages in Shipments (Examples)

Messages are communication aids that support information exchange betweenbusiness partners and/or employees.

You can define transportation messages to meet your requirements and copy theminto the shipment document. Some message examples are given above.

In the standard system, the ALTR general shipment document and the CMR bill oflading are already defined as message types.

The condition technique is used for message determination (messagedetermination is explained in detail in SCM650).

108 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 123: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Processing Functions in Shipments

Deadlines

Figure 41: Deadlines in the Shipment Document

You can record the times and deadlines for planning and executing thetransportation activities in the shipment document.

You can record planned and actual deadlines for standard activities such asplanning, check-in, loading, processing, shipment start and shipment end in theshipment document at the header level. You can also specify exact times forthe deadlines.

You can also define planned and actual start and end dates for each shipmentstage.

Similar to Shipping, you can specify additional individual deadlines that areused for further controlling shipment processes. In addition to planned and actualdeadlines and times, you can also enter operation types, reasons for deviations,and locations (points).

For each shipment document type, you can define a deadline procedure (networkprofile) for your individual deadlines.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 109

Page 124: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

Copying Control

Figure 42: Copying Delivery Dates to the Shipment

You can have the system propose planned deadlines for individual shipmentactivities in the shipment. You can copy them from the outbound deliveriesbelonging to the shipment.

In the standard proposal (copy routine �8�), the following rule applies for copyingdeadlines:

Outbound Delivery ShipmentEarliest load deadline Check-inEarliest load deadline Loading startLast planned GI deadline Loading endLast planned GI deadline Shipment completionLast planned GI deadline Shipment startLast delivery date Shipment end

You can create other ways of adopting deadlines by writing your own copyroutines and storing them in the shipment type.

Hint: As opposed to �normal� copying control, the copying routine forthe shipment document is executed only after the �Planned� status hasbeen set.

110 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 125: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Processing Functions in Shipments

Status Information and Activity Profiles

Figure 43: Status Information in the Shipment Document

When transportation activities such as planning, checking in, and loading arefinished, you can set a status. As soon as the status is set, the activity is consideredcompleted.

Thus you always know the current processing status of a shipment and can quicklyprovide information on it.

You can set the status by

� Choosing the corresponding pushbutton; the current date is copied as theactual date.

� Entering the actual date; the status is then set by the system.

A traffic light symbol displays the overall status of the shipment.

� Red: �Planned� status is set.� Yellow: At least the �Checked in� status is set.� Green: At least the �Shipment completion� status is set.

Hint: You do not have to use all of the statuses. For shipment costcalculation, however, the Planned status must be set at least. In addition,this status is the prerequisite for every other status.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 111

Page 126: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

Figure 44: Activity Profiles

When you set the status of a shipment document, the system executes activitiesand checks for certain data automatically. This is controlled by the activityprofile.

In the activity profile, you define which activities the system should execute whenthe status is activated. For example, goods issue can be posted for the deliveries inthe shipment, billing documents or output can be created.

You can also specify that a dialog box appears when you set a status. You havethe option of entering data. For instance, during planning you may want a dialogbox to appear that tells you to specify a service agent.

You define the activity profiles in Customizing and assign them to shipmenttypes. You can create your own activity profile for every shipment type andevery status.

112 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 127: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Processing Functions in Shipments

Exercise 9: Shipment Processing

Exercise ObjectivesAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:� Enter an additional partner on the shipment document� Create activity profiles and assign shipment types

Business ExampleIn your company, some shipments may be processed by several partners.Follow-up activities for shipments should be automated as much as possible.

Task 1:You would now like to process the inbound shipment that you created in the�Creating Shipments� unit (line 4 on the data sheet) further and complete it.

1. The goods should be handled with care during shipment. Create a text noteto this effect (Handle with care!!!) for the forwarding agent.

2. Now that you have completed your organizational activities, set the Plannedstatus. Make sure all the entries required for setting the status have beenmade in the dialog box that appears.

3. Optional

Which function is responsible for making the dialog box appear when thePlanned status is set?

________________________________________________________

Where do you make the settings?

________________________________________________________

Go to the relevant settings in Customizing and familiarize yourself with them.

Task 2:You are now planning the collective shipment Hamburg � Frankfurt � Stuttgart �Munich, which you created using the planning proposal (line no. 6 on the datasheet).

1. As an exception, a different forwarding agent will be handling the shipmentfrom Frankfurt. You therefore assign �Schmalenbach Shipping� (1930) asthe service agent to stages 2 and 3.

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 113

Page 128: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

2. You have taken out additional transportation insurance for risks such as theftand indirect losses for the entire shipment. Enter the insurance company withthe number 1920 as partner and the partner role Insurance on the partnerscreen of the shipment header.

3. Now set the Planned status. In the dialog box that appears, confirm the CopyMeans of Transport Type from Delivery activity, but do not redeterminethe legs.

4. Go to the Means of Transport and Packaging Material screen. Whathappened when you copied the means of transport?

_________________________________________________________

5. Which shipment messages were found? What status do they have?

_________________________________________________________

6. After you have carried out all necessary activities, set the Shipmentcompleted status in the shipment header. You have to enter the name of thetruck driver in the dialog box that appears.

7. Save your document. What activities are performed in the background?

_________________________________________________________

8. Now go back into change mode for this shipment. Check the messageprocessing status on the output screen.

_________________________________________________________

9. In Customizing, display the setting responsible for executing the relevantactivities when the Shipment completion status is set.

10. Using one of the outbound deliveries included in the shipment, checkwhether the activities have actually been carried out.

Hint: The best way to do this is to go to the document flow of theoutbound delivery.

Save the shipment.

114 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 129: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Processing Functions in Shipments

Solution 9: Shipment ProcessingTask 1:You would now like to process the inbound shipment that you created in the�Creating Shipments� unit (line 4 on the data sheet) further and complete it.

1. The goods should be handled with care during shipment. Create a text noteto this effect (Handle with care!!!) for the forwarding agent.

a) Choose Logistics→ Logistics Execution→ Transportation→Transportation Planning→ Change→ Single Documents

Enter the number of the shipment document from the �CreatingShipments� unit (see Line no. 4 on the data sheet).

Select the Texts tab in the lower half of the screen:

Double click on Header note and enter your text Handle with care!!!on the right hand side.

2. Now that you have completed your organizational activities, set the Plannedstatus. Make sure all the entries required for setting the status have beenmade in the dialog box that appears.

a) Select the Deadl. tab in the lower half of the screen:

Click Planning.

The shipment route must be entered in the dialog box.

Choose Copy and Save the document.

3. Optional

Which function is responsible for making the dialog box appear when thePlanned status is set?

________________________________________________________

Where do you make the settings?

________________________________________________________

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 115

Page 130: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

Go to the relevant settings in Customizing and familiarize yourself with them.

a) The activity profile is responsible for making the dialog box appear.You can define whether a dialog box appears and which data shouldbe requested for each shipment type and each status setting. Differentactivities, such as goods issue postings and billing, can also be executed.

IMG: Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ Shipments→ Defineand Assign Activity Profiles

Profile 0010-01 is stored for the Planned status for the inboundshipment 0010 shipment type.

Select activity profile 0010-0001 and click the maintain button on thetop of the screen. Notice the check box for dialog box. Click the buttonfor field selection. Notice shipment route is a required field.

This means that a dialog box appears containing the Shipment routefield as a required entry field.

Save the shipment.

Task 2:You are now planning the collective shipment Hamburg � Frankfurt � Stuttgart �Munich, which you created using the planning proposal (line no. 6 on the datasheet).

1. As an exception, a different forwarding agent will be handling the shipmentfrom Frankfurt. You therefore assign �Schmalenbach Shipping� (1930) asthe service agent to stages 2 and 3.

a) Choose Logistics → Logistics Execution→ Transportation →Transportation Planning→ Change→ Single Documents

Enter the number of the shipment document from the �CreatingShipments� unit (see document no. 6 on the data sheet).

Assign forwarding agent:

Choose the Stages tab in the lower half of the screen: For the second andthird stages, overwrite the entry for the Forwarding Agent with 1930.

2. You have taken out additional transportation insurance for risks such as theftand indirect losses for the entire shipment. Enter the insurance company withthe number 1920 as partner and the partner role Insurance on the partnerscreen of the shipment header.

a) Choose the Partner tab in the lower half of the screen: Choose theInsurance (TV) Partner Function from the drop down menu andenter 1920 as the Partner.

Continued on next page

116 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 131: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Processing Functions in Shipments

3. Now set the Planned status. In the dialog box that appears, confirm the CopyMeans of Transport Type from Delivery activity, but do not redeterminethe legs.

a) Select the Deadl. tab in the lower half of the screen:

Click Planning.

In the dialog box that appears, choose:

� Do not execute leg determination again� Copy means of transport type from the delivery

and then confirm your choice.

4. Go to the Means of Transport and Packaging Material screen. Whathappened when you copied the means of transport?

_________________________________________________________

a) Choose Means of Transport and Packaging Matl. for CurrentShipment.

The system copied means of transport TM-100 from the deliveries tothe shipment. A handling unit for packing the goods was generatedfor TM-100.

Return to the overview using Back.

5. Which shipment messages were found? What status do they have?

_________________________________________________________

a) Choose Messages for Current Shipment. No messages are foundbecause the shipment completion status has not been set. There is anoutput requirement 50 which checks the shipment completion statusbefore creating the ALTR messages.

6. After you have carried out all necessary activities, set the Shipmentcompleted status in the shipment header. You have to enter the name of thetruck driver in the dialog box that appears.

a) Select the Deadl. tab in the lower half of the screen:

Choose Shipment completion.

Enter any driver name of your choice.

You have the option of entering data in the other fields.

Click Copy.

7. Save your document. What activities are performed in the background?

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 117

Page 132: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

_________________________________________________________

a) Choose Save.

The following activities take place in the background:

� Goods issue postings for all included outbound deliveries� Printing ALTR messages� Creating billing documents for all outbound deliveries

8. Now go back into change mode for this shipment. Check the messageprocessing status on the output screen.

_________________________________________________________

a) Go into the shipment document again.

Choose Messages for Current Shipment.

Both messages now have the Successfully Processed status.

9. In Customizing, display the setting responsible for executing the relevantactivities when the Shipment completion status is set.

a) IMG: Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ Shipments→ Defineand Assign Activity Profiles

Profile 0002-05 is stored for outbound shipment type 0002 with theShipment completion status.

Place the cursor on the suitable field and choose Maintain.

Continued on next page

118 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 133: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Processing Functions in Shipments

10. Using one of the outbound deliveries included in the shipment, checkwhether the activities have actually been carried out.

Hint: The best way to do this is to go to the document flow of theoutbound delivery.

Save the shipment.

a) Go to the document flow of the shipment:

Logistics→ Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ TransportationPlanning→ Change→ Single Documents

Enter the number of the collective shipment and choose DisplayDocument Flow for Current Shipment.

Place the cursor on one of the outbound deliveries and choose Goto→ Document Flow.

Now look at the document flow from the point of view of this outbounddelivery: the goods issue is posted and the billing document is created.

To leave this level, choose Back.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 119

Page 134: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

Lesson Summary

You should now be able to:� Give examples of message types� Transfer information from the delivery documents to the shipment document� Call up various status information� Define and assign activity profiles

120 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 135: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Additional Functions in Shipments

Lesson: Additional Functions in Shipments

Lesson OverviewIn this lesson, you will become familiar with various processing options for theshipment document.

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

� Describe the option of splitting deliveries after shipment creation (subsequentdelivery split)

� Process several shipment documents using mass changes� Estimate shipment costs

Business ExampleEvery so often, your company determines that the capacity of the means oftransport is insufficient. You have to split the delivery and distribute it overseveral shipments.

Subsequent Delivery Split

Figure 45: Subsequent Delivery Split - Basics

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 121

Page 136: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

You may need to divide a delivery into several shipments if the entire deliverycannot be loaded onto one truck, for example. In the SAP system, you cannotassign deliveries to shipments by item. The function �subsequent delivery split�was created to solve this problem.

Using the delivery split function, delivery items, partial quantities of items, orhandling units that need to be removed from existing deliveries can be chosenfrom a list and split off.

When you split a delivery, a �remainder� and one or more new deliveries called�results� are created.

The �subsequent delivery split� function is also used in shipping. For moredetailed information about this topic, see the documentation on shipping.

Figure 46: Subsequent Delivery Split in Shipment

To split the delivery in the shipment, call the �split delivery� function from thetransportation planning screen and split off the required quantity. When theshipment is saved, the system automatically creates further outbound deliveries forthe quantities that were split off (= �results�). Whether the split deliveries remainin the shipment or not depends on your Customizing settings.

You can split the delivery before or after shipment planning.

Example:

� Before planning: You already know when you create the delivery that itneeds to be split.

� After planning: You discover that the delivery needs to be split while thegoods are being loaded.

122 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 137: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Additional Functions in Shipments

The type of split is controlled using split profiles, which you define inCustomizing and assign to the shipment type. You define one profile for deliverysplit before planning and one for after planning.

Mass Changes

Figure 47: Using Mass Changes for Shipment Documents

Sometimes you may have to change several shipment documents simultaneously.The mass changes function enables you to change the data in several shipmentdocuments at once.

Select the shipments required according to certain criteria and make the changes.

Example:

A forwarding agent that agreed to take on several shipments is now unable to doso. Select all the documents that have this forwarding agent and assign them toa different forwarding agent.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 123

Page 138: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

Estimating Shipment Costs

Figure 48: Estimated Shipment Costs

The estimated shipment costs of a shipment can be calculated and displayed.

The following functions are possible in the estimated shipment costs simulation:

� Calculation and display of the total shipment cost� Detailed display of the simulated shipment cost document� Display of the processing log

124 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 139: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Additional Functions in Shipments

Exercise 10: Using Mass Changes forShipment Documents

Exercise ObjectivesAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:� Edit several shipment documents simultaneously using mass changes

Business ExampleTo simplify your daily tasks, use the mass changes function as often as possible. Itenables you to change several shipment documents at the same time.

Task:Edit the shipments as described.

1. The forwarding agent that has been handling your individual shipments fromDresden has recently become very unreliable. You would therefore like toassign your shipments, which you created using Collective Processing, to adifferent forwarding agent. To do this, call up the mass changes function.

2. First, select the documents you want to change:

Service agent: 1106

Shipping point at departure point: X0##

Created by: SCM611-##

3. Now assign the new service agent 50999 (Arnolds Shipping) to all theselected documents.

4. All the selected shipments are assigned the order number of the forwardingagent as their container ID: 50999-123##.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 125

Page 140: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

Solution 10: Using Mass Changes forShipment DocumentsTask:Edit the shipments as described.

1. The forwarding agent that has been handling your individual shipments fromDresden has recently become very unreliable. You would therefore like toassign your shipments, which you created using Collective Processing, to adifferent forwarding agent. To do this, call up the mass changes function.

a) Choose Logistics → Logistics Execution→ Transportation →Transportation Planning→ Change→ Mass Changes

2. First, select the documents you want to change:

Service agent: 1106

Shipping point at departure point: X0##

Created by: SCM611-##

a) Enter the following criteria on the Shipments: Mass Changes Shipmentselection screen.

Service agent: 1106

Shipping point at departurepoint:

X0##

Created by: SCM611-##

Choose Execute.

3. Now assign the new service agent 50999 (Arnolds Shipping) to all theselected documents.

a) Choose the Processing tab.

Enter service agent 50999 in the Template row of the FwdAgent field.

Select all shipments and choose Copy Template.

Continued on next page

126 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 141: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Additional Functions in Shipments

4. All the selected shipments are assigned the order number of the forwardingagent as their container ID: 50999-123##.

a) Choose the Identificat. tab.

Enter 50999-123## in the template row of the Container ID field.

Select all shipments and choose Copy Template.

Choose Save.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 127

Page 142: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

Lesson Summary

You should now be able to:� Describe the option of splitting deliveries after shipment creation (subsequent

delivery split)� Process several shipment documents using mass changes� Estimate shipment costs

128 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 143: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Packing and Loading in Shipments

Lesson: Packing and Loading in Shipments

Lesson OverviewIn this lesson, you will become familiar with packing and loading functions inthe shipment document.

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

� Pack and load the goods for shipment

Business ExampleYou want to be able to pack goods and record the loading process from withinthe shipment document.

Packaging Materials and Handling Units

Figure 49: Packaging Materials and Handling Units

Packaging materials are materials that are used for packing goods. There aredifferent types of packaging materials. The material can be packing material(such as a crate), or a means of transport (such as a truck), or transport equipment(such as a container).

A handling unit is a package that results from packing goods into a packagingmaterial. It is also the grouping of goods that are packed together in a packagingmaterial. A loaded container or truck can thus be a handling unit.

Handling units can be further packed. This is referred to as multi-level packing.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 129

Page 144: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

Loading

Figure 50: Packing and Loading in Shipments

You can pack deliveries and pack the existing handling units within the shipmentfurther. For example, you can take delivery items that have already been packedinto cartons, pack them into containers, and load them onto a truck. The systemalways provides the same functions as for packing deliveries.

Characteristics of packing from within the shipment:

� Packing for several deliveries� Packing is copied from the delivery and cannot be changed

If you already defined a means of transport in the order or outbound delivery, youcan copy it to the shipment (if it is the same for all deliveries). A handling unit isthen created for it in the shipment (see previous unit).

You can define additional information such as the driver's name and nationality forpackaging materials of the �means of transport� type.

130 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 145: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Packing and Loading in Shipments

Exercise 11: Packing and Loading inShipments

Exercise ObjectivesAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:� Execute packing in shipments

Business ExampleYour company wantas to map packing and loading in shipment documents.

Task:Map packing and loading in a shipment document.

1. Edit the collective shipment from Hamburg to Stuttgart that you created usingthe planning proposal (No. 7 on your data sheet). Call it up to change it.

2. Since there are no more planning activities to be completed, you can set thestatus to Planned now. Select the Copy means of transport type from deliveryactivity in the dialog box that appears, but do not determine the legs again.

3. Go to the packing screen. First, pack the computers in padded cartons(packaging material PK-100). To do this, choose New HU if Full.

4. Now load the cartons in the truck you already defined as a handling unit.

Hint: Choose the Pack HUs tab. Select all PK-100 and pack themin packaging material TM-101.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 131

Page 146: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

Solution 11: Packing and Loading inShipmentsTask:Map packing and loading in a shipment document.

1. Edit the collective shipment from Hamburg to Stuttgart that you created usingthe planning proposal (No. 7 on your data sheet). Call it up to change it.

a) Choose Logistics → Logistics Execution→ Transportation →Transportation Planning→ Change→ Single Documents

Enter the number of the collective shipment going from Hamburg toStuttgart that was created in the �Creating Shipments� unit (see lineno. 7 on the data sheet).

2. Since there are no more planning activities to be completed, you can set thestatus to Planned now. Select the Copy means of transport type from deliveryactivity in the dialog box that appears, but do not determine the legs again.

a) Click Planning in the Deadlines tab in the lower half of the screen.

In the dialog box that appears, choose:

� Do not execute leg determination again� Copy means of transport type from the delivery

3. Go to the packing screen. First, pack the computers in padded cartons(packaging material PK-100). To do this, choose New HU if Full.

a) Choose Means of Transport and Packaging Material for CurrentShipment.

In the top half of the screen, enter PK-100 as the packaging material.

Select the material to be packed in the lower half of the screen. Alsoselect the handling unit you just created.

Choose New HU if Full.

Each computer is packed in a PK-100 carton.

Continued on next page

132 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 147: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Packing and Loading in Shipments

4. Now load the cartons in the truck you already defined as a handling unit.

Hint: Choose the Pack HUs tab. Select all PK-100 and pack themin packaging material TM-101.

a) Choose the Pack HUs tab.

Select all items with PK-100 in the lower half of the screen (all handlingunits that can be packed), and select the TM-101 handling unit.

Choose Pack.

All cartons are now packed into the truck.

Choose Save.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 133

Page 148: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

Lesson Summary

You should now be able to:� Pack and load the goods for shipment

134 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 149: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Dangerous Goods Management in Shipments

Lesson: Dangerous Goods Management in Shipments

Lesson OverviewIn this lesson, you will become familiar with the basics of dangerous goodsmanagement in shipments.

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

� Explain the connection to the dangerous goods check in shipments� Explain the procedure for the dangerous goods check

Business ExampleSometimes your company ships dangerous goods. You must check whether andunder what conditions shipments with dangerous goods are permitted.

Dangerous Goods

Figure 51: Dangerous Goods and their Transportation

To satisfy the legal requirements for transporting dangerous goods, you need tocheck the shipment document to make sure the shipment of the goods is permitted.

To do this in the SAP system, you use the functions in the EH&S module(Environment, Health, and Safety).

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 135

Page 150: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

Figure 52: Dangerous Goods Master Data

If a material is considered a dangerous good, you define a dangerous goodsindicator profile in the material master record (basic data 2). With this, youspecify whether a material is classified as a dangerous good and whether itrequires dangerous goods documents and/or checks.

The dangerous goods master enhances the material master and is thereforecreated for materials that are already defined in the system. It contains data that isnecessary for executing dangerous goods checks and creating dangerous goodsdocuments in compliance with existing law.

The substance database is a flexible tool for managing and maintaining data onchemical substances and preparations. It contains all substance data and legal data.It thus provides the basis for comprehensive environment management.

The assignment of a material number and a substance number establishes theconnection between material data and substance data. This enables you to accessthe dangerous goods master and the substance data during the dangerous goodschecks.

136 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 151: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Dangerous Goods Management in Shipments

Dangerous Goods Management

Figure 53: Dangerous Goods Management in Logistics Execution

In the logistics process, you can activate dangerous goods management in theorder, delivery document, or shipment document.

The system can then perform various dangerous goods checks, eitherautomatically or on request. For instance, you can check whether the transportationof certain materials with a certain mode of transport is permitted. This can preventdeliveries or shipments that do not meet safety requirements leaving the company.

You can also create dangerous goods documents containing the relevantdangerous goods data.

Dangerous goods management uses special master data and settings in EH&S.

You can make your own settings in Customizing to define when the various checksshould be performed and how the document should be further processed.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 137

Page 152: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

Figure 54: Procedure for Dangerous Goods Checks

The basic procedure for a dangerous goods check is as follows:

� When a check is triggered (manually or automatically) in the document, thesystem calls the check processor via an interface.

� The processor determines the data for the dangerous goods check, such asthe dangerous goods master records, validity areas, and mode of transportcategories.

� The system then processes the different check methods of the check schema.� Entries are made in the check log, which you can call from the document,

using return codes. The overall reaction is determined from the reactions ofthe individual check methods.

138 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 153: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Dangerous Goods Management in Shipments

Figure 55: Dangerous Goods Checks in the Shipment Document

You can start the dangerous goods check from the shipment document eitherautomatically or manually.

An automatic start occurs when you save the document, if the document hasthe �Planned� status. The checks are not started if a document that is alreadycompleted in the database with a status of �Shipment completion� is beingprocessed.

You can start the check manually at any time - regardless of the document status.However, the following information must be available:

� Transportation planning point� Shipment type� Shipment stages

When the dangerous goods checks are completed, a dialog box appears thatdisplays the message from the check method that defines the overall reaction forthe check procedure. If there are any log entries, you can go to the check log.

The check log displays all the messages that appeared while the dangerous goodschecks were being processed. You can print the log.

The document is processed further as determined by the Customizing settings forthe overall reaction. For example, a document cannot be saved or it receives ablocking indicator.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 139

Page 154: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

Lesson Summary

You should now be able to:� Explain the connection to the dangerous goods check in shipments� Explain the procedure for the dangerous goods check

140 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 155: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Monitoring

Lesson: Shipment Monitoring

Lesson OverviewIn this lesson, you will familiarize yourself with the monitoring and list functionsin shipments.

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

� Generate different lists to obtain information about shipments� Use these lists as a basis for further shipment processing� Use graphical transportation information as a key source of data

Business ExampleThe employees in the shipment department must often provide information onshipments and their processing status quickly. They generate lists of shipments todo this, and also use them as a basis for processing the documents further.

Shipment Monitoring

Figure 56: Information Requirements in Shipment Processing

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 141

Page 156: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

Figure 57: Shipment Processing Lists

The system provides different list types for shipment processing:

� Transportation planning list: List of all documents with shipment activitiesthat still must be executed

� Utilization list: List of all documents that are not fully utilized� Free capacity list: List of all documents with a certain level of free capacity� Tendering status list: List of all documents with a certain tendering status� Check-in list: List of all documents that must still be checked in� Shipment completion list: List of all documents that must be still completed� Changes list: List of change documents

You can select shipments for these lists using various criteria. Users can definetheir own selection variants to do this.

The list contains the relevant shipments and some important information.

You can then edit the list (for example, sort the list) and perform several activitiesdirectly from within the list. You can also branch to the individual shipmentsand change them.

142 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 157: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Monitoring

Graphical Shipment Information

Figure 58: Graphical Shipment Information

To give you a better overview of your shipments, the SAP system comes withshipment information that you can display graphically or in list form.

You can call up this information from within the order, the delivery or theshipment.

When you are using the graphical display, you can make additional detailedinquiries.

For example, you can retrieve the following information:

� Which itinerary is used for a specific delivery or shipment?� How many shipments and which shipments are shipped from a transportation

connection point?� Weight, volume and number of packages� Shipping data, shipment deadlines� Information on transportation connection points

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 143

Page 158: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

Figure 59: Itinerary and Transportation Network

The graphical shipment information distinguishes between the itinerary and thetransportation network.

The itinerary displays only those shipment stages that the selected deliveriesor shipments are involved in.

The transportation network displays all the shipment stages linked to a deliveryor shipment. It therefore displays all the shipments belonging to an operation(including preliminary and subsequent legs).

144 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 159: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Monitoring

Shipment Execution Monitor

Figure 60: Shipment Execution Monitor

Using this monitor, you can monitor the processing status of shipment documentsfor a time span specified in the report selection criteria. This report providesan overview of how much potential work is required based on the number ofshipment documents that have the selected processing statuses, arranged byprocessing status and time.

You can use this monitor function to define the estimated workload during acertain shift or on a certain work day. For example, whether labor is needed duringcritical periods of time or whether the required equipment is available.

For each processing status selected, the total number of shipments will bedisplayed followed by an �Overdue� field. The overdue field is calculated bytaking into account a duration time set by the user.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 145

Page 160: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

Shipment Tendering Status Monitor

Figure 61: Monitor the Status of Shipment Tenderings

Monitoring the tendering status of shipment documents for one or moretransportation planning points is the function of this monitor.

In addition to the transportation planning point, shipments can be selected for thereport based on any combination of the following:

� Shipment type� Shipping point/receiving point� Shipment route� Forwarding agent

The monitor will list the results of the search by displaying the total number ofshipments for each tendering status, followed by the number of shipments pertransportation planning point.

To better identify critical areas, a warning field reports the number of shipmentswhere no action has been taken during a user-defined time period (hh:mm).

146 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 161: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Monitoring

Transportation Information System

Figure 62: Transportation Information System (TIS)

The Transportation Information System (TIS) is a separate information systemwithin the logistics information system (LIS). You can use it to produce variousanalyses and statistics on shipments.

There are 6 different standard analyses shipped in the standard system:

� Transportation: Evaluation of general shipment characteristics such asservice agent, shipment start and end, and shipment type

� Shipment routes: Evaluation of routes, such as which route is used and howoften

� Means of transport: Evaluation of the main shipping material, such as howheavily are the means of transport utilized

� Transportation shipping data: Evaluation of information relevant to shipping,such as how many deliveries of delivery type DL were shipped from theHamburg shipping point

� Stages of shipment: Evaluation of individual stages, such as how manytrucks travel from Hamburg to Frankfurt

� Transportation material: Evaluation of individual materials, such as whatproportion of the whole shipment volume did material XYZ have

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 147

Page 162: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

148 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 163: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Monitoring

Exercise 12: Shipment Monitoring

Exercise ObjectivesAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:� Generate lists for monitoring and processing shipments� Display graphical shipment information

Business ExampleYou often need information about the shipment processing status while you areprocessing shipments. You can display various lists that provide this information.You can also process individual shipments from these lists.

Use the graphical information system to get a comprehensive overview ofindividual shipments.

Task 1:Process shipment documents using a list.

1. Generate a list of all the shipments you have created and that are ready to becompleted.

Use your user to choose all shipments with statuses 1 to 4.

Complete the shipments from the list by selecting them and choosingComplete.

Display the logs and check for any errors.

Task 2:

1. You want to know which shipments contain your order with the purchaseorder number ##-SCM611-02.

Display the order and call up the graphical shipment information (itinerary).

2. Which points of departure and destination does this shipment have?

______________________________________________________

3. What other points will be included in the itinerary?

______________________________________________________

4. Which other outbound deliveries are included in this shipment?

______________________________________________________

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 149

Page 164: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

Solution 12: Shipment MonitoringTask 1:Process shipment documents using a list.

1. Generate a list of all the shipments you have created and that are ready to becompleted.

Use your user to choose all shipments with statuses 1 to 4.

Complete the shipments from the list by selecting them and choosingComplete.

Display the logs and check for any errors.

a) Choose Logistics → Logistics Execution→ Transportation →Execution→ Lists→ Shipment Completion List

Enter the following selection criteria:

Overall transport status: 1 to 4Created by: SCM611-##

Choose Execute.

Select all shipments in the list and choose Shipment Completion.

Task 2:

1. You want to know which shipments contain your order with the purchaseorder number ##-SCM611-02.

Display the order and call up the graphical shipment information (itinerary).

a) Choose Logistics→ Sales and Distribution→ Sales→ Order→Display.

Search for the order by entering the purchase order number##-SCM611-02 in the Purchase order number field and choose Search.

Then choose Environment→ Transportation info→ Itinerary:Graphic.

2. Which points of departure and destination does this shipment have?

Continued on next page

150 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 165: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Monitoring

______________________________________________________

a) Departure and destination points:

Point ofdeparture:

Hamburg

Destination: Munich

3. What other points will be included in the itinerary?

______________________________________________________

a) Other transportation points:

Frankfurt and Stuttgart

4. Which other outbound deliveries are included in this shipment?

______________________________________________________

a) Other outbound deliveries:

The outbound deliveries of the Hamburg-Frankfurt-Stuttgart-Munichcollective shipment are also included.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 151

Page 166: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 4: Shipment Processing SCM611

Lesson Summary

You should now be able to:� Generate different lists to obtain information about shipments� Use these lists as a basis for further shipment processing� Use graphical transportation information as a key source of data

152 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 167: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Unit Summary

Unit SummaryYou should now be able to:� Describe the concept of shipment stages and how they are determined� Define routes, explain how they are determined, and describe their

importance in the shipment process.� Give examples of message types� Transfer information from the delivery documents to the shipment document� Call up various status information� Define and assign activity profiles� Describe the option of splitting deliveries after shipment creation (subsequent

delivery split)� Process several shipment documents using mass changes� Estimate shipment costs� Pack and load the goods for shipment� Explain the connection to the dangerous goods check in shipments� Explain the procedure for the dangerous goods check� Generate different lists to obtain information about shipments� Use these lists as a basis for further shipment processing� Use graphical transportation information as a key source of data

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 153

Page 168: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit Summary SCM611

154 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 169: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Page 170: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Page 171: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 5Shipment Cost Processing

Unit OverviewThis unit handles shipment cost calculation and shipment cost settlement.

Unit ObjectivesAfter completing this unit, you will be able to:

� Describe and classify the different steps involved in shipment cost processing� Understand the requirements for shipment cost calculation� Create shipment cost documents individually using Collective Processing� Explain the structure of the shipment cost document� Explain the settings for shipment cost type and shipment cost relevance� Explain how item categories are determined in the shipment cost document

Unit ContentsLesson: Overview of Shipment Cost Calculation and Settlement .. . . . . . .156

Exercise 13: Creating Shipment Cost Documents ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163Lesson: Controlling Shipment Cost Processing .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173

Exercise 14: Controlling Shipment Cost Processing ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 155

Page 172: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 5: Shipment Cost Processing SCM611

Lesson: Overview of Shipment Cost Calculation andSettlement

Lesson OverviewThis lesson provides an overview of shipment cost calculation and the shipmentcost settlement process.

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

� Describe and classify the different steps involved in shipment cost processing� Understand the requirements for shipment cost calculation� Create shipment cost documents individually using Collective Processing� Explain the structure of the shipment cost document

Business ExampleIn your company, you calculate the costs arising from shipments using thedifferent service agents once the shipment has been completed. You use a separatedocument for the entire shipment cost calculation and settlement process.

Shipment Cost Processing in Detail

Figure 63: Shipment Cost Processing in Detail

156 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 173: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Overview of Shipment Cost Calculation and Settlement

Shipment cost calculation and shipment cost settlement are available for bothoutbound and inbound shipments.

The shipment costs are recorded in a new system document, the shipment costdocument. From within this document, you can perform the following functions:

� Calculation of shipment costs� Account assignment: Assign the costs in Financial Accounting and

Controlling� Transfer the costs to Financial Accounting and Controlling� Settle the costs with the service agent

Requirements for Shipment Cost Calculation

Figure 64: Requirements for Shipment Cost Calculation

The shipment must be relevant for shipment costs (at header and/or stage level)so that you can create a shipment cost document for a shipment. The shipmentmust also have the required overall status set in the definition of the shipmentcost type. As a minimum, it must have Planned status.

You must execute the following settings in Customizing:

� You must define number ranges for the shipment costs.� You must define and assign shipment cost types and item categories.� For each shipment type, you can set shipment cost relevance for the

following transportation elements: header, leg, border crossing point, andload transfer point.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 157

Page 174: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 5: Shipment Cost Processing SCM611

Structure of a Shipment Cost Document

Figure 65: Structure of the Shipment Cost Document

The shipment cost document consists of the following sections:

� Shipment cost header

The shipment cost header contains general information on the entiredocument. Status, reference, and administrative information is provided. Asfar as the status information is concerned, the statuses are cumulated statusesthat are derived from the individual items.

� Shipment cost items

The items contain general data for shipment cost calculation and settlement,such as service agent, pricing and settlement date, tax amount and taxbase amount, and organizational data such as company code, plant, andpurchasing organization. Each item has its own status for the shipment costcalculation, account assignment and transfer functions.

� Shipment cost sub-items

Shipment costs are calculated at shipment cost sub-items level. Thecalculation result is also recorded at this level.

158 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 175: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Overview of Shipment Cost Calculation and Settlement

Figure 66: Items of the Shipment Cost Document

The shipment cost items either refer to the shipment header or to a shipmentstage.

For example, an item that refers to the header can include insurance costs foradditional transportation insurance. An item that refers to a shipment stage, caninclude transportation costs or load transfer costs, for example.

The function of the items is controlled through the item category.

The items can be automatically generated or manually created - depending on theCustomizing settings.

Creating Shipment Cost DocumentsYou can create shipment cost documents individually in dialog mode or usingCollective Processing.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 159

Page 176: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 5: Shipment Cost Processing SCM611

Figure 67: Creating a Shipment Cost Document

If you create an individual shipment cost document, you always directly referto a shipment document. For each shipment document, you create exactly oneshipment cost document. As a result, there is a 1:1 relationship between thetwo documents.

Depending on your settings, the system automatically calculates the shipmentcosts, assigns them to an account, and transfers them to Financial Accountingwhen you create the shipment cost document.

Figure 68: Creating Shipment Cost Documents Using Collective Processing

160 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 177: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Overview of Shipment Cost Calculation and Settlement

You can also create shipment cost documents using Collective Processing. Theworklist for shipment costs contains all shipment cost relevant shipment for whichshipment costs are calculated.

In the first step, you use comprehensive selection criteria to select the shipmentsfor which you want to create shipment cost documents.

The system then uses a one-step process to create exactly one shipment costdocument for each of the shipment documents selected (1:1 relationship!).

You can start Collective Processing to run online at a specific later date or atperiodic intervals.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 161

Page 178: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 5: Shipment Cost Processing SCM611

162 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 179: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Overview of Shipment Cost Calculation and Settlement

Exercise 13: Creating Shipment CostDocuments

Exercise ObjectivesAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:� Describe how the shipment cost document is organized and where it is found� Check whether shipment documents are relevant for shipment costs� Create shipment cost documents individually online� Process the worklist for shipment cost documents

Business ExampleAs a member of the SAP project team, you want to become familiar with thefunction of the shipment cost document in this section.

In order to create a document, the shipment document must be relevant forshipment costs. You check the shipment cost relevance of your shipmentdocument.

Shipment cost documents can be created either individually or using CollectiveProcessing (worklist). For the most part, your company would like to make use ofCollective Processing and only occasionally create documents individually. Youwill practice creating documents using both methods in the following exercises.Since the shipment cost document contains important information for processingshipments, call up some of the data from existing documents.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 163

Page 180: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 5: Shipment Cost Processing SCM611

Task 1:First, answer the following questions about Shipment Cost Processing:

1. What steps are involved in Shipment Cost Processing?

2. Describe the structure of the shipment cost document:

3. Several shipment documents can be combined to form one shipment costdocument.Determine whether this statement is true or false.□ True□ False

4. A shipment must have at least Shipment completed status before a shipmentcost document can be created.Determine whether this statement is true or false.□ True□ False

Task 2:

1. Create a shipment cost document for the second collective shipment youcreated in the planning proposal, Hamburg - Frankfurt - Stuttgart - Munich(see line 6 on the data sheet).

First, check to see if the shipment document is relevant for shipment costs.Display the shipment document and go to the Shipment Costing tab in theshipment header.

What is the shipment cost calculation status of this shipment?

______________________________________________________

2. Now create a shipment cost document for this shipment.Continued on next page

164 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 181: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Overview of Shipment Cost Calculation and Settlement

Save the document and record the document number on line 12 of yourTransaction Data Sheet.

Task 3:

1. Display the shipment cost document you just created.

2. How many items are in the document? What do each of the items refer to?

______________________________________________________

______________________________________________________

3. Find the following information in the shipment cost document:

What is the status of the shipment cost document?

______________________________________________________

� Pricing procedure for the first item:

___________________________________________________

� Net value and taxes for the first item:

___________________________________________________

� Pricing date for the first item:

___________________________________________________

� Invoicing party for the second item:

___________________________________________________

Task 4:Now create shipment cost documents using Collective Processing for theshipments you created using Collective Processing in Exercise 7 in the chapter�Creating Shipments� (see No. 8-11 on the data sheet).

1. Go to the worklist for shipment costs and select the shipment documentsrelevant for shipment costs as follows:

External Identification: Shipment run ##

Overall status: 1 to 7Created by: SCM611-##

From the list, select your shipments and execute Collective Processing.Display the log.

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 165

Page 182: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 5: Shipment Cost Processing SCM611

How many shipment cost documents were created? __________

Record the document numbers.

__________________________________________________________

166 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 183: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Overview of Shipment Cost Calculation and Settlement

Solution 13: Creating Shipment CostDocumentsTask 1:First, answer the following questions about Shipment Cost Processing:

1. What steps are involved in Shipment Cost Processing?

Answer: Steps in Shipment Cost Processing:Shipment Cost Processing begins with the creation of the shipment costdocument. The following prcosess are dealt with in the document:

� Shipment costs are calculated� G/L accounts in Financial Accounting and the controlling objects

(account assignment) are found� Shipment costs are transferred to Financial Accounting and Controlling� Shipment costs are settled with the forwarding agents (invoice

verification)You can automate most of these steps.

2. Describe the structure of the shipment cost document:

Answer: Structure of the shipment cost document:The shipment cost document consists of three levels:

� The headerContains data that is relevant for the entire document, suchas status and administrative data

� Itemsestablish the costs that were incurred, their purpose, and withwhom they should be settled

� TheSub-items level is where costs are actually calculated. Costs arecalculated according to condition records defined in the system.

3. Several shipment documents can be combined to form one shipment costdocument.

Answer: False

Only one shipment cost document is created per shipment document.

4. A shipment must have at least Shipment completed status before a shipmentcost document can be created.

Answer: False

The required status can be set for each shipment cost type, but at leastplanned status is required.

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 167

Page 184: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 5: Shipment Cost Processing SCM611

Task 2:

1. Create a shipment cost document for the second collective shipment youcreated in the planning proposal, Hamburg - Frankfurt - Stuttgart - Munich(see line 6 on the data sheet).

First, check to see if the shipment document is relevant for shipment costs.Display the shipment document and go to the Shipment Costing tab in theshipment header.

What is the shipment cost calculation status of this shipment?

______________________________________________________

a) Logistics→ Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ TransportationPlanning→ Display

Enter the shipment number of the relevant collective shipment.

Select the Shipment Cost Calculation tab in the upper half of the screen.:

Notice the shipment cost relevence indicator is set. Overall Status ofShipment Cost Calculation.:not processed

2. Now create a shipment cost document for this shipment.

Save the document and record the document number on line 12 of yourTransaction Data Sheet.

a) Logistics→ Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ ShipmentCosts→ Create→ Single Document

Enter the shipment number of the above collective shipment.

Choose enter.

Save the document and record the document number on line 12of your data sheet.

Task 3:

1. Display the shipment cost document you just created.

a) Logistics→ Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ Shipment Costs→ Display

Enter the number of the document you just created.

2. How many items are in the document? What do each of the items refer to?

______________________________________________________

Continued on next page

168 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 185: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Overview of Shipment Cost Calculation and Settlement

______________________________________________________

a) The document contains three items.

They each relate to one of the three shipment stages.

3. Find the following information in the shipment cost document:

What is the status of the shipment cost document?

______________________________________________________

� Pricing procedure for the first item:

___________________________________________________

� Net value and taxes for the first item:

___________________________________________________

� Pricing date for the first item:

___________________________________________________

� Invoicing party for the second item:

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 169

Page 186: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 5: Shipment Cost Processing SCM611

___________________________________________________

a) Information in the shipment cost document:

� Status of the shipment cost document:

Shipment cost items overview; Status tab:

Status: Fully calculated, account assignment fully carried out,not transferred.

� Pricing procedure for the first item:

Select the item and choose Display item details.

Detail screen for first item; tab Price Setting

Pricing Procedure: SDFC00

� Net value and taxes for the first item:

Detail screen for first item, Price setting tab.

Net value: EUR366.63

Tax tab

Tax: EUR 58.66

� Pricing date for the first item:

Details screen for first item, Price setting tab.

Pricing date: Today's date

� Choose Back.� Invoicing party for the second item:

Detail screen for second item; Settlement tab.

Invoicing party: Schmalenbach shipping, 1930

Task 4:Now create shipment cost documents using Collective Processing for theshipments you created using Collective Processing in Exercise 7 in the chapter�Creating Shipments� (see No. 8-11 on the data sheet).

1. Go to the worklist for shipment costs and select the shipment documentsrelevant for shipment costs as follows:

External Identification: Shipment run ##

Overall status: 1 to 7Created by: SCM611-##

Continued on next page

170 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 187: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Overview of Shipment Cost Calculation and Settlement

From the list, select your shipments and execute Collective Processing.Display the log.

How many shipment cost documents were created? __________

Record the document numbers.

__________________________________________________________

a) Logistics→ Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ ShipmentCosts→ Create→ Collective Processing

External Identification: Shipment run ##

Overall status: 1 to 7Created by: SCM611-##

Choose Execute

Select all shipments and then choose Execute.

Go to the log: Choose Log.

The system generated 4 shipment cost documents.

Enter the document numbers on lines 13 - 16 of your data Sheet.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 171

Page 188: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 5: Shipment Cost Processing SCM611

Lesson Summary

You should now be able to:� Describe and classify the different steps involved in shipment cost processing� Understand the requirements for shipment cost calculation� Create shipment cost documents individually using Collective Processing� Explain the structure of the shipment cost document

172 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 189: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Controlling Shipment Cost Processing

Lesson: Controlling Shipment Cost Processing

Lesson OverviewThis lesson describes the shipment cost document structure.

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

� Explain the settings for shipment cost type and shipment cost relevance� Explain how item categories are determined in the shipment cost document

Business ExampleYour company calculates shipment costs differently, depending on the shipmenttype and the service agent: A simple method, which only takes account of generalshipment costs, is used for individual shipments. Calculation is more complex forcollective shipments, as the costs include insurance and loading costs.

Shipment Cost Type and Item Category

Figure 69: Shipment Cost Type and Item Category

Shipment cost types and item category are important control elements of theshipment cost document; they contain several control characteristics for theshipment cost document.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 173

Page 190: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 5: Shipment Cost Processing SCM611

The shipment cost type controls the document at header level, for instance:

� Number ranges� Status requirements of the shipment document for creating a shipment

cost document.

The item category contains:

� Parameters for shipment cost calculation, such as partner functions, daterules, and item Determination groups

� Parameters for shipment cost settlement, such as settlement relevance,account assignment category, cost distribution, and origin of CO assignments

You define shipment cost types and item categories separately in Customizing.

Cost Type

Figure 70: Cost Types

Another control element is the cost type.

The cost type characterizes the reference to which a shipment cost item refers.This can be a shipment header, a shipment leg, a border crossing point, or a loadtransfer point.

You can control shipment cost relevance by cost type for each shipment type.For instance, you can ensure that, for an individual shipment, only the shipmentheader and shipment leg are relevant for shipment cost calculation.

174 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 191: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Controlling Shipment Cost Processing

Item Category Determination

Figure 71: Item category determination

In Customizing you set item category assignment for the shipment cost document.

In connection with a cost type, you assign specific item categories to eachshipment cost type. You also determine whether this item is found automaticallyby the system or created manually.

Example:

� You define that item category 0003 (insurance costs) can be entered manuallyin the shipment cost document if shipment cost type 0001 is used and theshipment cost item refers to the shipment header (cost type A). However,if the shipment cost item refers to a shipment leg, item category 0001(transportation costs) is found automatically.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 175

Page 192: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 5: Shipment Cost Processing SCM611

176 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 193: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Controlling Shipment Cost Processing

Exercise 14: Controlling Shipment CostProcessing

Exercise ObjectivesAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:� Describe shipment cost type, shipment cost item categories and cost types as

controlling elements of the shipment cost document

Business ExampleSince the shipment costs are calculated differently depending on shipment typeand forwarding agent, there are various shipment cost types and item categoriesavailable in the system.

You want to check the controlling elements related to these types in Customizingand then adapt them to your company�s needs, if necessary.

Task 1:First, take a look at a few controls in Customizing to make sure that they meetyour needs.

1. Which shipment cost type is proposed for the shipment types: IndividualShipment, Collective Shipment, and Inbound Shipment?

Shipment type Shipment cost typeIndividual shipment (0001)Collct.Shipmt-Road (0002)Inbound shipment (0010)

2. Which cost types in the collective shipment by road (0002) are relevantfor shipment costs?

______________________________________________________

3. Look at the control for shipment cost type Standard (0001) in Customizing.

What does the overall status of the shipment document need to be beforeshipment costs can be created with this shipment cost type?

______________________________________________________

4. List the shipment cost item categories that are defined in the system.

______________________________________________________

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 177

Page 194: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 5: Shipment Cost Processing SCM611

______________________________________________________

5. Go to the Assign shipment costs and item categories screen. What shipmentcost item categories are found under shipment cost type 0002 for cost typeShipment header?

______________________________________________________

Compare these settings with those of shipment cost type 0001.

Task 2:

1. Display the shipment cost document that you created for the collectiveshipment in the previous unit (document no. 12).

2. What shipment cost type does this document have?

______________________________________________________

3. What item category does each item have? And what cost type?

______________________________________________________

______________________________________________________

Hint: Note:

You can find the cost type of an item by going to the shipment costitem details screen and selecting the Reference tab.

Task 3:Complete the missing shipment cost items.

1. For the above collective shipment, you also want to calculate the insurancecosts incurred.

Call up the shipment cost document in Change mode.

2. Why was an item not automatically created for the insurance costs?

______________________________________________________

3. Create a new shipment cost item with item category 0003, by entering thisinformation manually. Create this item with reference to the shipment header.

178 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 195: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Controlling Shipment Cost Processing

Solution 14: Controlling Shipment CostProcessingTask 1:First, take a look at a few controls in Customizing to make sure that they meetyour needs.

1. Which shipment cost type is proposed for the shipment types: IndividualShipment, Collective Shipment, and Inbound Shipment?

Shipment type Shipment cost typeIndividual shipment (0001)Collct.Shipmt-Road (0002)Inbound shipment (0010)

a) IMG: Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ Shipment Costs→Shipment Cost Document→ Shipment Cost Relevance and Defaultfor Shipment Cost Type

Shipment type Shipment cost typeIndividual shipment (0001) 0002 Simple freight calc.Collct.Shipmt-Road (0002) 0001 StandardInbound shipment (0010) 0001 Standard

2. Which cost types in the collective shipment by road (0002) are relevantfor shipment costs?

______________________________________________________

a) IMG: Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ Shipment Costs→Shipment Cost Document→ Shipment Cost Relevance and Defaultfor Shipment Cost Type

In the dialog structure, choose Define shipment cost relevance forshipment type.

For collective shipment 0002, the cost types Header and Leg arerelevant for shipment costs.

3. Look at the control for shipment cost type Standard (0001) in Customizing.

What does the overall status of the shipment document need to be beforeshipment costs can be created with this shipment cost type?

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 179

Page 196: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 5: Shipment Cost Processing SCM611

______________________________________________________

a) IMG: Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ Shipment Costs→Shipment Cost Document→ Shipment Cost Types and Item Categories

Go to the detail screen of shipment cost type 0001:

Ov. stat. Shipmt: Shipment completion (5).

4. List the shipment cost item categories that are defined in the system.

______________________________________________________

______________________________________________________

a) Shipment cost item categories:

In the dialog structure, choose Define item categories.

The following item categories are defined:

0001: Transportation costs; 0002 General costs; 0003 Insurance ; 0004:Cleaning; 0005 LoadTrns; 0006 Customs

5. Go to the Assign shipment costs and item categories screen. What shipmentcost item categories are found under shipment cost type 0002 for cost typeShipment header?

______________________________________________________

Compare these settings with those of shipment cost type 0001.

a) In the dialog structure, choose Assign shipment cost types and itemcategories.

Shipment cost type: 0002

For cost type A, item category 0002 was found.

For shipment cost type 0001, you can enter the item categories 0002,0003, and 0004 manually for cost typeA in the shipment cost document.

Task 2:

1. Display the shipment cost document that you created for the collectiveshipment in the previous unit (document no. 12).

a) Choose Logistics → Logistics Execution→ Transportation →Shipment Costs→ Display

2. What shipment cost type does this document have?

Continued on next page

180 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 197: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Controlling Shipment Cost Processing

______________________________________________________

a) Shipment cost type:

Shipment cost type 0001.

3. What item category does each item have? And what cost type?

______________________________________________________

______________________________________________________

Hint: Note:

You can find the cost type of an item by going to the shipment costitem details screen and selecting the Reference tab.

a) The items each have item category 0001.

To view the cost types, go to the details screen of the item.

Choose the Ref. docs tab.

Both items have cost type B (shipment leg).

Task 3:Complete the missing shipment cost items.

1. For the above collective shipment, you also want to calculate the insurancecosts incurred.

Call up the shipment cost document in Change mode.

a) Logistics→ Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ Shipment Costs→ Create→ Single Document

2. Why was an item not automatically created for the insurance costs?

______________________________________________________

a) The item was not generated because of the Customizing setting forshipment cost type 0001; the item category Insurance costs withreference to cost type Shipment header is not found automatically, butcan be manually created.

3. Create a new shipment cost item with item category 0003, by entering thisinformation manually. Create this item with reference to the shipment header.

a) On the overview screen, choose Create New Item.

Enter 0000 (shipment header) as the reference item number and 0003(insurance) as the item category.

b) Save your document.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 181

Page 198: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 5: Shipment Cost Processing SCM611

Lesson Summary

You should now be able to:� Explain the settings for shipment cost type and shipment cost relevance� Explain how item categories are determined in the shipment cost document

182 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 199: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Unit Summary

Unit SummaryYou should now be able to:� Describe and classify the different steps involved in shipment cost processing� Understand the requirements for shipment cost calculation� Create shipment cost documents individually using Collective Processing� Explain the structure of the shipment cost document� Explain the settings for shipment cost type and shipment cost relevance� Explain how item categories are determined in the shipment cost document

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 183

Page 200: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit Summary SCM611

184 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 201: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Page 202: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Page 203: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 6Shipment Cost Calculation

Unit OverviewThe condition technique is used for shipment cost calculation. This unit illustratesthe basic functions of the condition technique as well as special options forshipment cost calculation.

Unit ObjectivesAfter completing this unit, you will be able to:

� Provide an overview of shipment cost calculation in the shipment costdocument

� Create condition records for shipment rates� Map multidimensional tariffs and scales� Describe the shipment comparison function� Explain break weight calculation� Describe the inclusion of bulkiness factors and minimum weights� Describe the options for modeling the geographical aspects of shipment

cost calculation� Explain the determination of the relevant pricing and settlement dates in

the shipment cost document� Explain the determination of the relevant tax countries in the shipment cost

document

Unit ContentsLesson: Shipment Cost Calculation ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186

Exercise 15: Pricing Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195Exercise 16: Shipment Condition Records.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201

Lesson: Additional Functions in Shipment Cost Calculation .. . . . . . . . . . . . .206Exercise 17: Additional Functions in Shipment Cost Calculation ... .217

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 185

Page 204: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 6: Shipment Cost Calculation SCM611

Lesson: Shipment Cost Calculation

Lesson OverviewThis lesson introduces the basic functions of shipment cost calculation pricing.

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

� Provide an overview of shipment cost calculation in the shipment costdocument

� Create condition records for shipment rates� Map multidimensional tariffs and scales

Business ExampleIn your company, you calculate shipment costs in different ways. These differentmethods of calculation must be modeled in the SAP system. The individual tariffrates depend on the service agent and other variable factors. You define theserates as master data.

Pricing

Figure 72: Overview of Shipment Cost Calculation

In this example, 10 tons of a material are shipped by a forwarding agent from NewYork to Washington. The system determines the shipment costs automatically.

186 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 205: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Cost Calculation

The system first determines the corresponding pricing procedure. This containsevery possible condition type within shipment pricing in a particular sequence.

The system reads the first condition type in the pricing procedure. The conditiontype identifies the characteristics and properties of a condition.

For this condition type, the system determines the assigned access sequence.

The system reads the access sequence. In the sequence, the condition tables areaccessed at least once. The sequence of the condition tables represents the searchstrategy to determine the corresponding condition record.

The system searches for valid condition records for the condition tables(accesses). A condition record contains the actual shipment rates. If no validcondition record exists for the first condition table, the system searches forcondition records for the second table.

When the system finds a valid condition record for a condition table, the conditionrecord is read and the corresponding value is transferred to the shipment costdocument.

The system repeats all of these steps for each condition type until the entirepricing procedure is processed.

Figure 73: Determining the Pricing Procedure

All condition types permitted in pricing are contained in the pricing procedure.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 187

Page 206: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 6: Shipment Cost Calculation SCM611

The pricing procedure is determined automatically based on different criteria:

� Transportation planning point of the shipment� Shipping type (grouped in a shipping type procedure group)� Service provider (grouped in a service agent procedure group)� Shipment cost item category (grouped in an item procedure group)

You set pricing procedure determination in Customizing.

Figure 74: Condition Records for Shipment Costs

The aim of pricing is to determine prices and surcharges/discounts (= conditions)for a business transaction and additionally allow the user to influence theseconditions manually and spcifically.

Prices, surcharges, and discounts are stored in condition records.

You can define conditions at any level. A level corresponds to the fields in thecondition table in which a condition record is stored. The level therefore alsorepresents the key fields for the access to a condition.

Common levels at which price agreements are made are predefined in the standardsystem.

You can simply add any levels that you may need additionally. Thus you can makeconditions dependent on any fields of a business document.

By specifying a validity period, you can restrict a condition to a specific period.

You can maintain the values within a condition record (price, surcharge, discount)depending on a scale (weight-based, volume-based or value-based scale). You canalso use multidimensional scales. There is no limit to the number of scale levels.

188 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 207: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Cost Calculation

For each condition record, you can define lower and upper limits that allow youto change a pricing element manually that is determined automatically by thesystem only within the limits specified.

Calculation Bases

Figure 75: Calculation Bases

The calculation base determines the origin of the data that is used during pricingas a basis for the condition type. It also determines which information is availablefor determining the prices. For all calculation bases, the information from theshipment header and possibly the shipment stage and the shipment cost item isavailable. The calculation base also defines how the scale bases such as grossweight, net weight, and volume are calculated. If you use the delivery item asthe calculation base, for example, information from the delivery header and thedelivery items is available, but not from the shipping units. Weight and volumeonly refer to the delivery item.

The condition type controls which calculation base is used for calculation.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 189

Page 208: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 6: Shipment Cost Calculation SCM611

When the shipment costs are calculated, the system determines the shipment costsub-items from the different calculation bases of the condition types included in apricing procedure. The calculation itself is then carried out for each sub-item.

Hint: SAP recommends that you select a calculation base that is only asdetailed as necessary - for system load and clarity reasons. For example, ifonly the total weight and the leg are relevant for you, the shipment costitem is totally sufficient as calculation basis. However, you can distributethe costs on a more detailed level. Cost distribution does not depend onthe calculation base. For example, you could calculate the shipment costsusing the shipment cost item calculation base and distribute the costsat delivery item level. The system distributes the costs proportionallyby weight.

Figure 76: Examples of Calculation Bases

190 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 209: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Cost Calculation

Examples of how to use individual calculation bases:

� If only the leg and the total weight are relevant for you, it is sufficient tocalculate the shipment costs at the shipment cost item level. This wayyou provide transparency, since additional data from the deliveries or thehandling units is redundant.

� If the contracts that you have made with your forwarding agent specifyshipment cost calculation by wire cage pallet, use the handling unitscalculation base. All weight and volume specifications then refer to thehandling units. With the �handling unit� (C) calculation base, a sub-itemis generated for each handling unit type (one sub-item with 30 wire cagepallets, for instance). If you would like to calculate costs per individualhandling unit (for packaging shipping, for example), select the E (�PerHandling Unit�) calculation base. The system then generates a sub-item foreach handling unit (20 sub-items for each package, for instance). If thecontents of the handling unit is also relevant for calculation, use calculationbase F (�shipping unit including delivery item�). If you would like tocalculate shipping costs per ship-to party, but do not need data from deliveryitems, you can use the Delivery calculation base.

� If you must consider several freight classes, divisions, or other materialinformation when calculating the shipment costs, you need the material datafrom the delivery item and must therefore calculate the costs by deliveryitem.

Multidimensional Shipment Rates

Figure 77: Multidimensional Shipment Rates

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 191

Page 210: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 6: Shipment Cost Calculation SCM611

You can maintain multidimensional freight charges and represent them in aneasy-to-use freight table for the freight cost area.

Example:

You have agreed on a tariff with your service agent that depends on both thedistance and the weight of the load to be shipped. You have also agreed onminimum and maximum prices. The following freight costs arise from the freighttable:

� A load of 9 tons is transported 320 km. You determine a price of EUR 373per ton. This yields shipment costs of EUR 3357.

� A load of 4.9 tons is transported 400 km. A price of EUR 435 per tonwas determined, yielding a total of EUR 2131.50. However, the maximalvalue is EUR 2000.

� A load of 1 ton is transported 250 km. You determine a price of EUR 336,however, the minimum price is EUR 450, so the freight costs are EUR 450.

Figure 78: Multidimensional Condition Types

To represent multidimensional freight charges, you must define a condition typewith the �multidimensional� calculation type.

Several scales (max. 3) can be assigned to this condition type.

The scales are defined as own master data - regardless of the condition - andcan be assigned to several condition types. They have different scale bases,for example, distance, gross or net weight, postal code, tariff zone, number ofshipping units, travel time, total duration. A calculation type is specified for eachscale level. You can also define minimum and maximum prices.

192 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 211: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Cost Calculation

When you create a condition record, the scales assigned to the condition typeappear as default values. You can however replace these values with others,if necessary.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 193

Page 212: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 6: Shipment Cost Calculation SCM611

194 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 213: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Cost Calculation

Exercise 15: Pricing Control

Exercise ObjectivesAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:� Describe the pricing settings for shipment cost calculation

Business ExampleYour forwarding agents and service agents structure their rates very differently.They are dependent on a range of influencing factors such as distance, weight,and freight class.

To help you model these rates, you have defined different condition types in thesystem. Now you can familiarize yourself with the settings.

Task 1:Familiarize yourself with the Customizing settings for pricing within shipmentcosts.

1. Call up the Customizing path for the pricing settings.

2. Find out which pricing procedure is used in transportation planning point1000.

___________________________________________________________

What else does the procedure determination depend on?

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

3. Take a quick look at the pricing procedure.

Which condition types does this procedure contain?

___________________________________________________________

4. Display the condition types.

Which access sequence is assigned to condition type FB00?

___________________________________________________________

5. What accesses does this access sequence contain?

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 195

Page 214: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 6: Shipment Cost Calculation SCM611

Task 2:Identify the calculation base of different condition types.

1. The calculation base is assigned to condition types in Customizing.

Which calculation base do the following condition types have?

FB00: _______________________________

FS00: _______________________________

FGE0: _______________________________

FV00: _______________________________

Task 3:Check the calculation type and the scales for the condition type FGE0.

1. Call up customizing for condition type FGE0.

2. What calculation type does the condition type have?

___________________________________________________________

3. What scales are assigned to this condition type?

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

4. Create a new session and go to the master data. Display the scales assignedto condition type FGE0. What scale base type and unit of measure do theyeach have?

Scale ID Scale Base Unit of Measure

196 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 215: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Cost Calculation

Solution 15: Pricing ControlTask 1:Familiarize yourself with the Customizing settings for pricing within shipmentcosts.

1. Call up the Customizing path for the pricing settings.

a) Customizing for shipment cost pricing:

IMG: Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ Shipment Costs→Pricing→ Pricing Control

2. Find out which pricing procedure is used in transportation planning point1000.

___________________________________________________________

What else does the procedure determination depend on?

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

a) Choose→ Define and Assign Pricing Procedures→ Define pricingprocedure determination for shipment costs

Select transportation planning point 1000 and choose Determinepricing procedure in the dialog structure.

The pricing procedure SDFC00 is found in all cases.

Determination also depends on:

� Item procedure group: Grouping the shipment cost item categories� Service agent procedure group: Grouping the service agent� Shipping type procedure group: Grouping the shipping types

To leave the determination, choose Back.

3. Take a quick look at the pricing procedure.

Which condition types does this procedure contain?

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 197

Page 216: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 6: Shipment Cost Calculation SCM611

___________________________________________________________

a) Choose Maintain pricing procedures.

Select the entry SDFC00 and choose Control data in the dialogstructure.

The procedure contains the following condition types:

FB00, FBS0, FS01, FS00, FV00, FGE0, SP00, FSP1, FB10, FD00,FD10, FT00, FK00

Exit the procedure by choosing Back and close the choose activitywindow by choosing Cancel.

4. Display the condition types.

Which access sequence is assigned to condition type FB00?

___________________________________________________________

a) Choose→ Define Condition Types.

Go to the detail screen for FB00:

The Access Sequence isMATK.

To leave this level, choose Back.

5. What accesses does this access sequence contain?

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

a) Choose→ Define Access Sequences

Select the entry MATK and choose Accesses in the dialog structure.

Access 1: Table 126: Service agent/Tariff zone dep./Tariff zonedest./Freight class

Access 2: Table 125: Service agent/Tariff zone dep./Tariff zone target

To leave this level, choose Back.

Task 2:Identify the calculation base of different condition types.

1. The calculation base is assigned to condition types in Customizing.

Which calculation base do the following condition types have?

FB00: _______________________________

FS00: _______________________________

Continued on next page

198 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 217: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Cost Calculation

FGE0: _______________________________

FV00: _______________________________

a) Choose IMG: Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ ShipmentCosts→ Pricing→ Pricing Control→ Define Condition Types

In Details, go to the Condition types: Section: Freight costing:Field: Calc. base

FB00: B Delivery ItemFS00: C Handling UnitsFGE0: D Shipment cost itemFV00: D Shipment cost item

Task 3:Check the calculation type and the scales for the condition type FGE0.

1. Call up customizing for condition type FGE0.

a) Choose IMG: Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ ShipmentCosts→ Pricing→ Pricing Control→ Define Condition Types

2. What calculation type does the condition type have?

___________________________________________________________

a) Find the calculat. type for FGE0 on the detail screen.

Calculation type: Multidimensional

3. What scales are assigned to this condition type?

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

a) In the dialog structure, choose Scales for condition types.

Scales:

Reference D, Scale ID 3

Reference R, Scale ID 61

4. Create a new session and go to the master data. Display the scales assignedto condition type FGE0. What scale base type and unit of measure do theyeach have?

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 199

Page 218: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 6: Shipment Cost Calculation SCM611

Scale ID Scale Base Unit of Measure

a) Master data for scales:

Choose Logistics → Logistics Execution → Master Data →Transportation→ Shipment Costs→ Scales→ Display

Enter each scale ID and find out what the Scale basis and Scale unitof meas. fields contain.

Scale ID Scale Base Unit of Measure3 D KG61 R KM

200 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 219: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Cost Calculation

Exercise 16: Shipment Condition Records

Exercise ObjectivesAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:� Create shipment condition records� Explain what effects pricing and condition records have on the shipment

cost document

Business ExampleYou maintain master data for the different tariff agreements with your forwardingagents in the form of condition records.

Task:You have agreed upon tariffs with your forwarding agent TransLog, which handlesinbound shipments. These tariffs are scaled on the one hand according to weight,and on the other according to distance.

1. Create a condition record for this forwarding agent for the multidimensionalcondition type FGE0.

Condition type: FGE0

ServcAgent: T-S11G##

Unit: EUR

Go to the Scales screen and enter feasible values of your choice in allentry fields in the table.

2. Now create a shipment cost document for the inbound shipment with theforwarding agent T-S11G## (from line 4 on the data sheet).

Caution: Make sure the status of the shipment document is set to atleast Planned before creating the shipment cost document.

3. To which shipment cost type does this document belong?

___________________________________________________________

4. Identify which items were created and why.

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

5. Check whether the system has used the condition record you created.

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 201

Page 220: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 6: Shipment Cost Calculation SCM611

6. Save the document and record the document number on line 17 of yourdata sheet.

202 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 221: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Cost Calculation

Solution 16: Shipment Condition RecordsTask:You have agreed upon tariffs with your forwarding agent TransLog, which handlesinbound shipments. These tariffs are scaled on the one hand according to weight,and on the other according to distance.

1. Create a condition record for this forwarding agent for the multidimensionalcondition type FGE0.

Condition type: FGE0

ServcAgent: T-S11G##

Unit: EUR

Go to the Scales screen and enter feasible values of your choice in allentry fields in the table.

a) Choose Logistics → Logistics Execution → Master Data →Transportation→ Shipment Costs→ Prices→ Create

Condition type: FGE0

ServcAgent: T-S11G##

Unit: EUR

Select your entry and choose Scales.

Confirm the scale assignment and then enter your values in all entryfields in the rate table.

2. Now create a shipment cost document for the inbound shipment with theforwarding agent T-S11G## (from line 4 on the data sheet).

Caution: Make sure the status of the shipment document is set to atleast Planned before creating the shipment cost document.

a) Choose Logistics→ Logistics Execution→ Transportation→Shipment Costs→ Create→ Single Documents

Enter the number of the inbound shipment from Exercise 5 in the�Creating Shipments� unit (see line 4 on the data sheet).

3. To which shipment cost type does this document belong?

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 203

Page 222: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 6: Shipment Cost Calculation SCM611

___________________________________________________________

a) Shipment cost type of the document:

Shipment cost type: 0001 Standard

4. Identify which items were created and why.

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

a) Two items were created � one for each shipment leg.

This is because of item category determination for shipment cost type0001. The system automatically creates an item with item category0001 for each shipment leg.

5. Check whether the system has used the condition record you created.

a) Select the item and choose Display item details.

Select a sub-item and choose Conditions Sub-items. Select theshipment cost items tab. Notice that condition record FGE0 is used.

6. Save the document and record the document number on line 17 of yourdata sheet.

a) -

204 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 223: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Cost Calculation

Lesson Summary

You should now be able to:� Provide an overview of shipment cost calculation in the shipment cost

document� Create condition records for shipment rates� Map multidimensional tariffs and scales

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 205

Page 224: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 6: Shipment Cost Calculation SCM611

Lesson: Additional Functions in Shipment CostCalculation

Lesson OverviewIn this lesson, you will become familiar with additional functions of shipmentcost calculation.

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

� Describe the shipment comparison function� Explain break weight calculation� Describe the inclusion of bulkiness factors and minimum weights� Describe the options for modeling the geographical aspects of shipment

cost calculation� Explain the determination of the relevant pricing and settlement dates in

the shipment cost document� Explain the determination of the relevant tax countries in the shipment cost

document

Business ExampleWhen there are several different ways of calculating costs, you compare thesemethods and select the most favorable option. In the same way, you always choosethe most favorable scale level. Most of the tariffs that you and your forwardingagent agreed on depend on distance or tariff zones.

206 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 225: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Additional Functions in Shipment Cost Calculation

Shipment Comparisons

Figure 79: Shipment Comparisons

The system can perform a shipment comparison of two different shipmentcalculation possibilities and can automatically choose the cheaper option, forexample.

Example:

� You can, for example, create condition types with the delivery itemscalculation base and condition types with the handling units calculation basein the same pricing procedure. You can then define condition exclusiongroups (A and B) and assign the two condition types with additionaldiscounts to the two different exclusion groups. You then assign theseexclusion groups to the pricing procedure and specify the exclusion processBest condition between the two exclusion groups at header level.

� If you now carry out shipment cost calculation for which the above pricingprocedure is determined, the system calculates the freight value for exclusiongroup A and exclusion group B. In the first case, the calculation is performedfor each delivery item. The final shipment price is EUR 1358. Shippingcosts are calculated for both cases. There are 6 pallets. The shipment priceis EUR 1290. Based on the exclusion process, the system selects the mostfavorable variant and calculates the costs by shipping unit.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 207

Page 226: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 6: Shipment Cost Calculation SCM611

Break Weight

Figure 80: Break Weight Calculation

The break weight calculation is used to choose the most favorable scale level forthe calculation when using scaled shipment cost agreements.

The break weight is the weight at which it is more favorable to calculate a heavierweight so that you reach a higher and cheaper scale level.

Example:

� You have agreed on shipment costs of EUR 6 per 100 kg for the scale level5 to 10 tons of weight to be transported, but only 5 EUR per 100 kg forscale level 10 to 15.

� A shipment of 9 tons would lead to a price of EUR 540 in the scale level 5 to10. It would be cheaper to calculate the shipment costs for a weight of 10tons so that it reaches the next scale level and therefore only costs EUR 500.

208 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 227: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Additional Functions in Shipment Cost Calculation

Figure 81: Break Weight Calculation Customizing

You need two condition types to use break weight calculation. The first is for�normal� shipment cost calculations at the correct scale level. The second isfor calculating at the next scale level. The system uses a condition exclusionprocedure to compare the two values and use the cheaper one.

For this, you must make the following Customizing settings:

� Define two condition types. The second must refer to the first and use thesame condition records.

� Assign the same scales to both condition types and activate the break weightindicator for the second condition type. For multidimensional scales, activatethis indicator for the scale in which the break weight should be calculated.

� Define an exclusion condition procedure that chooses the cheapest value.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 209

Page 228: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 6: Shipment Cost Calculation SCM611

Representing Geographical Aspects

Figure 82: Geographical Influencing Factors

You have the following options available for modeling geographical aspects inthe system as part of pricing:

� Distances:

� The distance is either specified manually in the shipment stage orthe shipment header, or adopted automatically from the route stage.For automatic distance determination, a customer enhancement(enhancement V56DISTZ) is available.

� Locations and Zones

� You can take data such as country, region, postal code, or transportationzone, which can be used as fields to define condition tables, from theaddress data of the shipment.

� You can set automatic determination of tariff zones in Customizing.A tariff zone is a combination of a country's postal code area. Tariffzones are defined in terms of the transportation planning point, theservice agent, the shipping type, and the country. For example, a postalcode area is assigned to a predefined tariff zone for a combination oftransportation planning point, service agent, and so on. Depending onyour settings, the tariff zone is automatically determined by the systemwhen a shipment cost item is created, that is, when a shipment costdocument is created, or when an additional item is created manually.

210 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 229: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Additional Functions in Shipment Cost Calculation

Pricing and Settlement Dates

Figure 83: Pricing and Settlement Dates

Pricing date:

� The pricing date is the date that determines date-dependent pricing elements,such as conditions and the foreign currency exchange rate.

Settlement date:

� The settlement date is the date that is used to record the shipment cost itemin Financial Accounting and Cost Accounting. It is also the date that isconsidered during tax determination.

When a shipment cost item is calculated, the system automatically determines thepricing and the settlement date based on the corresponding Customizing settings(defining and assigning date rules).

You can only maintain the pricing and settlement dates at header level when youcreate the shipment cost document; afterwards, you cannot maintain or changethem. If you maintain dates, they are adopted as default dates in the item andoverwrite the dates that are automatically proposed by the system.

Pricing and settlement dates on the item level are limited and can be manuallychanged: the settlement date can only be changed if the shipment costs have notyet been assigned; the pricing date can be changed any time before transfer.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 211

Page 230: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 6: Shipment Cost Calculation SCM611

Tax Countries

Figure 84: Determining the Relevant Tax Country

When calculating the shipment costs, the system can also determine relevant taxes.

To calculate taxes within shipment cost calculation, the system refers to theshipment cost document to determine the country of departure and the destinationcountry for tax determination. The following rules apply:

Departure tax country:

If the country of departure is not unique, the decisive factor for the shipmentcost item refers to:

� The shipment header: The country of departure for the first leg is used.� A shipment stage (leg, load transfer point or border crossing point): the

country of departure of the shipment stage is used.

Destination tax country:

If the country of destination is not unique, the decisive factor for the item refers to:

� The shipment header: The country of destination for the last leg is used asthe tax country.

� A shipment stage: The destination country of the shipment stage is used asthe tax country.

� A load transfer or a border crossing point: The departure country of theshipment stage is used as the tax country.

212 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 231: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Additional Functions in Shipment Cost Calculation

Bulky Goods and Minimum Weights

Figure 85: Bulkiness Factors and Minimum Weight

If you are dealing with bulky goods, you have the option of using a weightadjusted in accordance with a bulkiness factor, instead of the actual weight, whenyou calculate shipment costs.

You can also specify a minimum weight to be calculated for a particular handlingunit.

To do this, you can define bulkiness groups with bulkiness factors and minimumweights in Customizing.

The bulkiness group is determined during calculation using the conditiontechnique of pricing. The condition type SP00 is available in the standardsystem for this purpose. This enables you to find various bulkiness groups usingdependencies that can be configured flexibly (for example, service agents or thecombination of service agents - shipping type).

If a bulkiness group is determined by using a separate condition type (such asSP00), you should make sure that the corresponding condition types in the pricingprocedure are placed at the beginning. This makes the bulkiness group for all ofthe following condition types available.

Bulkiness FactorThe bulkiness factor allows two different scale base types (such as weight andvolume) to be referenced to each other.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 213

Page 232: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 6: Shipment Cost Calculation SCM611

Example: You have made the following arrangements with your forwardingagent: The shipment will be calculated based on what is to be transported. Theprices depend on an appropriate scale. Bulky goods will be handled as follows:

- Divide the volume (in liters) by 6.- Compare the answer to the actual weight and use the larger of both asthe new weight.- Calculation is then based on this new weight.

For scale base type D2 (with base formula 110 = the system reads the value ofthe bulkiness group followed by the conversion factors in this formula), see thefollowing:

1. Scaling is based on the gross weight.2. In the base formula, the

gross weight is converted to unit of measure 1;volume is converted to unit of measure 2;volume is multiplied with the given bulkiness factor;the larger of both numbers (gross weight and newly calculated volume)are used as the new gross weight;the new gross weight is converted to the original unit of measurement.

Dependencies: The bulkiness factor is found dependent on the bulkiness groupand the scale base type.

Freight Codes and Freight Classes

Figure 86: Determining the Freight Code

214 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 233: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Additional Functions in Shipment Cost Calculation

Forwarding agents and railroads may use freight codes (and sets of freight codes)to classify the goods they have to ship. Freight codes are used for communicatingwith forwarding agents and are specified in the shipment papers.

Specific freight codes are defined in each freight code set.

Freight codes are determined in two steps:

1. The freight code set is automatically determined using the following criteria:

� Country of origin� Shipping type (truck, rail, �)� Forwarding agent (forwarding agent freight group in the vendor master)

2. The freight code is automatically determined using the following criteria:

� Freight code set� Material freight group from the delivery item

The material freight group is entered in the Sales:General/Plant Data view in theMaterial Master.

Figure 87: Freight Classes

You can use the freight class as a criterion for shipment cost calculation. Forexample, you can create condition records for freight charges that specificallyrefer to a combination of tariff zone and freight class.

Within one freight code set, one or more freight codes are assigned to a freightclass.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 215

Page 234: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 6: Shipment Cost Calculation SCM611

216 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 235: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Additional Functions in Shipment Cost Calculation

Exercise 17: Additional Functions inShipment Cost Calculation

Exercise ObjectivesAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:� Execute shipment comparisons

Business ExampleYou have condition types with different calculation bases. Sometimes severalcondition types are valid and the system must determine the best condition type.In addition, the best scale should always be used. Besides its weight-dependenttariffs, your forwarding agent, �Nordspeed�, has tariffs in which the shipmentcosts are calculated based on shipping units.

Task 1:You have arranged tariffs scaled according to weight with the forwarding agent�Nordspeed� (1058). This calculation includes the break weight.

1. What does the term break weight mean?

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

Consult your course material to remind yourself of how break weights arecalculated in the system.

2. Display the outbound shipment the system has already created in Exercise 1of �Shipments in Logistics Execution� unit (see line 2 on the TransactionData Sheet).

What is the total weight?

___________________________________________________________

Task 2:Display the shipment cost document (which has also already been created) for thisshipment (see line 3 on the data sheet).

1. What is the net value of the shipment cost item?

___________________________________________________________

Look at the calculation by going to the condition screen for the item.

Look at the relevant condition record.

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 217

Page 236: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 6: Shipment Cost Calculation SCM611

Which weight was actually used for the calculation?

___________________________________________________________

Task 3:Besides its weight-dependent tariffs, your forwarding agent, �Nordspeed�, hastariffs in which the shipment costs are calculated based on shipping units.

1. Display the associated condition record:

Condition type: FS00

Key Combination: Service agent/tariffzone dep./tariff zonetarg/shipping mat

ServcAgent: 1058

Tf zone point of dep: DE20

Tf zone destination: DE70

Shipping material: PK-100

Which amount is defined here?

___________________________________________________________

2. Create the shipment cost document for the collective shipment fromHamburg to Stuttgart (see line 5 in the data sheet).

Which tariff is used � the weight-dependent tariff or the tariff based onshipping units?

___________________________________________________________

Why?

___________________________________________________________

Save the document and record the document number on line 18 of yourdata sheet.

3. Find the settings for this in Customizing.

218 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 237: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Additional Functions in Shipment Cost Calculation

Solution 17: Additional Functions inShipment Cost CalculationTask 1:You have arranged tariffs scaled according to weight with the forwarding agent�Nordspeed� (1058). This calculation includes the break weight.

1. What does the term break weight mean?

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

Consult your course material to remind yourself of how break weights arecalculated in the system.

a) The break weight is the weight at which it is more favorable to calculatea weight that is heavier than the actual weight so that you reach a higherand cheaper scale level.

2. Display the outbound shipment the system has already created in Exercise 1of �Shipments in Logistics Execution� unit (see line 2 on the TransactionData Sheet).

What is the total weight?

___________________________________________________________

a) Choose Logistics→ Logistics Execution→ Transportation→Transportation Planning→ Display

Enter the shipment number of the outbound shipment from the unit,�Shipments in Logistics Execution� (see line 2 on the data sheet).

Total weight: 467.1 kg

Task 2:Display the shipment cost document (which has also already been created) for thisshipment (see line 3 on the data sheet).

1. What is the net value of the shipment cost item?

___________________________________________________________

Look at the calculation by going to the condition screen for the item.

Look at the relevant condition record.

Which weight was actually used for the calculation?

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 219

Page 238: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 6: Shipment Cost Calculation SCM611

___________________________________________________________

a) Choose Logistics → Logistics Execution→ Transportation →Shipment Costs→ Display

Enter the number of the associated shipment cost document.

Net value of the shipment cost item: EUR 180

Item details→ Condition details:

Here you can see that calculation using condition type FBS0 is active;this is the break weight calculation with a weight of 500 kg.

The actual calculation using condition type FB00 and the actual weightof 467 kg is not active because the break weight value is more favorable.

Task 3:Besides its weight-dependent tariffs, your forwarding agent, �Nordspeed�, hastariffs in which the shipment costs are calculated based on shipping units.

1. Display the associated condition record:

Condition type: FS00

Key Combination: Service agent/tariffzone dep./tariff zonetarg/shipping mat

ServcAgent: 1058

Tf zone point of dep: DE20

Tf zone destination: DE70

Shipping material: PK-100

Which amount is defined here?

Continued on next page

220 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 239: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Additional Functions in Shipment Cost Calculation

___________________________________________________________

a) Choose Logistics → Logistics Execution → Master Data →Transportation→ Shipment Costs→ Prices→ Display

Condition type: FS00

Choose the second key combination (service agent/tariff zone dep/tariffzone dest/shipping material).

Service Agent: 1058

Tf zone point of dep: DE20

Tf zone destination: DE70

Shipping material: PK-100

Amount: EUR 6.50 per piece

2. Create the shipment cost document for the collective shipment fromHamburg to Stuttgart (see line 5 in the data sheet).

Which tariff is used � the weight-dependent tariff or the tariff based onshipping units?

___________________________________________________________

Why?

___________________________________________________________

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 221

Page 240: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 6: Shipment Cost Calculation SCM611

Save the document and record the document number on line 18 of yourdata sheet.

a)

Caution: To do this exercise properly, you need to havecompleted the exercise 11 in the unit �Shipment Processing�.

Choose Logistics → Logistics Execution→ Transportation →Shipment Costs→ Create→ Single Documents

Enter the number of the collective shipment going from Hamburg toStuttgart (see line 5 on the Transaction Data Sheet.). Go to the detailsscreen of the item.

Since the rate is active at the handling units level, condition recordFS00 (rate per handling unit) is used.

The reason for this is that the system ran a shipment cost comparisonbetween condition types FB00 and FS00 in the background. This isachieved in Customizing using a condition exclusion procedure.

Save the document and record the document number on line 18 ofyour data sheet.

3. Find the settings for this in Customizing.

a) In the IMG: choose Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ ShipmentCosts→ Pricing→ Pricing Control→ Condition Exclusion→Condition Exclusion for Groups of Conditions.

222 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 241: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Additional Functions in Shipment Cost Calculation

Lesson Summary

You should now be able to:� Describe the shipment comparison function� Explain break weight calculation� Describe the inclusion of bulkiness factors and minimum weights� Describe the options for modeling the geographical aspects of shipment

cost calculation� Explain the determination of the relevant pricing and settlement dates in

the shipment cost document� Explain the determination of the relevant tax countries in the shipment cost

document

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 223

Page 242: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit Summary SCM611

Unit SummaryYou should now be able to:� Provide an overview of shipment cost calculation in the shipment cost

document� Create condition records for shipment rates� Map multidimensional tariffs and scales� Describe the shipment comparison function� Explain break weight calculation� Describe the inclusion of bulkiness factors and minimum weights� Describe the options for modeling the geographical aspects of shipment

cost calculation� Explain the determination of the relevant pricing and settlement dates in

the shipment cost document� Explain the determination of the relevant tax countries in the shipment cost

document

224 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 243: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Page 244: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Page 245: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 7Shipment Cost Settlement

Unit OverviewShipment Cost Calculation is followed by settlement, that is, the transfer toFinancial Accounting and clearing with the service agent. In addition, this unitintroduces how shipment costs can be passed on to the customer.

Unit ObjectivesAfter completing this unit, you will be able to:

� Explain the steps involved in shipment cost settlement� Provide an overview of account determination as well as assignment of

costs to a controlling object.� Create an external service order so that the shipment costs can be transferred.� Transfer shipment costs.� Create a credit memo using the credit memo procedure.� Manually create an invoice.� Explain the procedure used if shipment costs are to be considered as delivery

costs� Access shipment cost information in the sales order� Define shipment cost information and planning profiles� Create a customer billing document and transfer the shipment costs from

the shipment cost document

Unit ContentsLesson: Shipment Cost Transfer . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226

Exercise 18: Assigning and Transferring Costs .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233Lesson: Settlement of Costs with the Service Agent... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240

Exercise 19: Creating Credit Memos ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245Lesson: Shipment Costs in the Sales Process ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249

Exercise 20: Shipment Cost Information in the Order .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253Exercise 21: Billing Shipment Costs to the Customer .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 225

Page 246: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 7: Shipment Cost Settlement SCM611

Lesson: Shipment Cost Transfer

Lesson OverviewThis lesson describes the process of shipment cost settlement. It includes accountdetermination in Financial Accounting as well as assignments to a controllingobject.

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

� Explain the steps involved in shipment cost settlement� Provide an overview of account determination as well as assignment of

costs to a controlling object.� Create an external service order so that the shipment costs can be transferred.� Transfer shipment costs.

Business Example

Shipment Cost Settlement

Figure 88: Shipment Cost Settlement with Direct Transfer

Shipment costs are settled with the service agent per shipment cost item.

226 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 247: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Cost Transfer

Settlement includes:

� Assigning and transferring shipment costs to Financial Accounting togenerating accruals, and assigning costs to a CO object.

� Settlement of Costs with the Service Agent:

Posting payables by canceling the accruals.

You need to have entered and accepted the services provided before you cantransfer costs to Financial Accounting. The system automatically creates theservice entry sheet based on a purchase order for external services.

Before you can settle costs with the service agent, you need to create an invoiceusing manual invoice verification or create a credit memo using the credit memoprocedure.

Figure 89: Settlement in Detail

During account assignment, the system determines the correct G/L accountin Financial Accounting for each shipment cost item and the assignment forControlling. Account assignment can be carried out at different levels, dependingon how detailed you want to track costs.

The transfer to Financial Accounting to establish accruals requires entering andaccepting the services rendered. The system automatically creates a service entrysheet.

Using the credit memo procedure, also referred to as the ERS (Evaluated ReceiptSettlement) procedure, you can settle the shipment costs with the service agentwithout having received invoices from him/her. You can choose from differentsettlement periods. You transfer the calculated shipment costs to FinancialAccounting. The invoices are verified by the service agent. If the service agentdiscovers variances, you can post these as subsequent debits/credits.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 227

Page 248: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 7: Shipment Cost Settlement SCM611

If you receive invoices from the service agent, you can also verify the invoicesmanually and create the invoices manually.

Figure 90: Automating Calculation and Settlement

When you assign item categories to shipment cost types in Customizing, you candefine the degree of automatic processing.

When shipment cost documents are created, either individually or using CollectiveProcessing, the shipment cost items are generated based on the predefined degreeof automatic processing. This means that the shipment cost items can be createdautomatically, and the shipment costs are calculated, assigned or transferredautomatically.

228 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 249: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Cost Transfer

G/L Determination and Cost Accounting

Figure 91: Automatic G/L Account Determination

G/L account determination is a standard function of materials management.

To establish accruals and post the payables, the system must first determine thecorrect G/L accounts in Financial Accounting that are to be posted to.

G/L account determination is carried out automatically. The system uses thefollowing parameters for determining the accounts:

� Chart of accounts - from the company code of the transportation planningpoint,

� Valuation grouping code - from the valuation area of the plant that isassigned to the transportation planning point and the shipment cost type,

� Transaction key - always GBB Account grouping - from the Customizingsetting of the account assignment,

� Valuation class - from the Customizing setting of the shipment cost itemcategory.

G/L accounts are determined at shipment cost item level.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 229

Page 250: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 7: Shipment Cost Settlement SCM611

Figure 92: Assignment for Cost Accounting

To post to objects in Cost Accounting, the system must first determine the correctobjects. The system automatically determines these objects in Cost Accounting.The following parameters are important:

� Account assignment category:

The account assignment category determines which object is to be postedto (for example, cost center or order) and which account assignment datais required.

� Cost distribution:

Cost distribution determines the level at which costs are to be transferred,depending on how detailed you want to track costs. Possible distributionsare by shipment cost item, by delivery, or by delivery item. Thesedistributions are completely independent of the calculation bases. If theymatch the calculation bases, however, the system distributes the costsaccording to origin. If costs are distributed to a more detailed level than thecalculation base, this is carried out according to the proportional weight. Forexample, you can calculate the costs by shipment cost item and distributethem at delivery item level.

� Origin of CO assignments:

This parameter defines the origin of the information that is used fordetermining the CO object.

All three parameters are defined in Customizing for each item category.

230 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 251: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Cost Transfer

Transfer

Figure 93: Transfer Options

There are several procedures that you can use for transferring shipment costdocuments to Financial Accounting.

You canmanually set the transfer indicator in the shipment cost document for eachshipment cost item. When the document is saved, it is automatically transferred.

You can start a Collective Processing run to change shipment cost documents (forexample, all documents created to this date) and transfer the shipment costs of alldocuments in this Collective Processing run. For reasons of system load, youcould also execute this Collective Processing run overnight.

When you create shipment cost documents either individually or using CollectiveProcessing, the system can automatically transfer the shipment items dependingon your settings.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 231

Page 252: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 7: Shipment Cost Settlement SCM611

Figure 94: Transfer to Financial Accounting

The Transfer to Financial Accounting to establish accruals requires enteringand accepting the services rendered. The system automatically creates a serviceentry sheet.

Each service entry sheet is based on an external service order. Determininga valid purchase order is required for transfers to Financial Accounting andfor settlements. The service entry sheet can be created automatically as ofat 4.6C. You can also create the purchase order every month for the serviceagent. Important criteria for the service order include service agent, purchasingorganization, purchasing group, plant, and item category.

When the system has automatically determined a valid purchase order, a serviceentry sheet is created that refers to the purchase order. During posting, youaccept services; in Financial Accounting, an accounting document for generatingaccruals is created.

232 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 253: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Cost Transfer

Exercise 18: Assigning and TransferringCosts

Exercise ObjectivesAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:� Display an external service order for the forwarding agent.� Identify which G/L accounts and cost centers are found in account assignment� Transfer the shipment costs to Financial Accounting and Controlling.

Business ExampleYou want to settle the shipment costs with your service agent. The system shouldautomatically determine accounts and cost centers in Financial Accounting andControlling. Check the corresponding settings.

An entry of services rendered that refers to a purchase order is necessary to transferthe costs to accounting. So you find the purchase order and transfer the costs.

Task 1:

1. An entry of services rendered that refers to an external service order isnecessary in order to transfer and settle the shipment costs. This documentsand �justifies� the purchase of a service. Your purchasing department hasalready created the purchase order.

Find the purchase order using the list display for the vendor (forwardingagent):

Vendor: T-S11G##

Scope of List: BEST

Validity key date: <Today’s date minus 7days>

Hint: To do this, use the following menu path:

Logistics --> Materials Management→ Purchasing→ PurchaseOrder→ List Displays→ By Vendor

What is the purchase order number?

__________________________________

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 233

Page 254: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 7: Shipment Cost Settlement SCM611

Task 2:

1. In change mode, call up the shipment cost document you created for theinbound shipment in Exercise 16 in the �Calculating Shipment Costs� unit(see line 17 on the data Sheet).

2. Check the status in the header:

Calculated: __________________________________

Assigned: ___________________________________

Transferred: ________________________________

3. Go to the account assignment item screen (Item→ Account assignment).Which G/L accounts and cost centers were found?

G/L Account: ________________________________

Cost Center: ________________________________

4. To transfer the document to accounting, select the Transfer flag on theSettlement tab, and choose Enter.

5. Which purchasing document was found for the entry of services rendered?

___________________________________________________________

Save the shipment cost document and then display it.

6. What status does the document have now?

Calculated: __________________________________

Assigned: ___________________________________

Transferred: ________________________________

7. Display the document flow for the shipment cost document and go fromthere to the Services acceptance materials document. What is the function ofthis document?

______________________________________________________

8. To display the provisions that appear in accounting, go to the accountingdocument from the material document. Which accounts were posted to?

______________________________________________________

______________________________________________________

234 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 255: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Cost Transfer

Solution 18: Assigning and TransferringCostsTask 1:

1. An entry of services rendered that refers to an external service order isnecessary in order to transfer and settle the shipment costs. This documentsand �justifies� the purchase of a service. Your purchasing department hasalready created the purchase order.

Find the purchase order using the list display for the vendor (forwardingagent):

Vendor: T-S11G##

Scope of List: BEST

Validity key date: <Today’s date minus 7days>

Hint: To do this, use the following menu path:

Logistics --> Materials Management→ Purchasing→ PurchaseOrder→ List Displays→ By Vendor

What is the purchase order number?

__________________________________

a) Display external service order:

Logistics→ Materials Management→ Purchasing→ PurchaseOrder→ List Displays→ By Vendor

Make your selection using the following data:

Vendor: T-S11G##

Scope of List: BEST

Validity Key Date: <Today’s date minus 7days>

Choose Execute. Record the number on line 19 of your data sheet.

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 235

Page 256: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 7: Shipment Cost Settlement SCM611

Task 2:

1. In change mode, call up the shipment cost document you created for theinbound shipment in Exercise 16 in the �Calculating Shipment Costs� unit(see line 17 on the data Sheet).

a) Change shipment cost document:

Logistics→ Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ ShipmentCosts→ Change→ Single Document

2. Check the status in the header:

Calculated: __________________________________

Assigned: ___________________________________

Transferred: ________________________________

a) Status:

Status tab:

Fully calculated, account assignment fully completed, not transferred.

3. Go to the account assignment item screen (Item→ Account assignment).Which G/L accounts and cost centers were found?

G/L Account: ________________________________

Cost Center: ________________________________

a) Account assignment (Check for each line item):

Select the line item.

Item→ Account Assignment

G/L account: 417000Cost center: 9030

4. To transfer the document to accounting, select the Transfer flag on theSettlement tab, and choose Enter.

a) Transfer document (You must transfer each line item):

Item Details→ Settlement tab

Select the Transfer indicator and choose Enter.

5. Which purchasing document was found for the entry of services rendered?

___________________________________________________________

Continued on next page

236 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 257: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Cost Transfer

Save the shipment cost document and then display it.

a) Purchasing document for entry of services rendered (for each line item):

→ Service Procurement tab.

In the Purchasing doc. field, you see the number of the

purchase order determined in the previous exercise.

Save the document and display it.

6. What status does the document have now?

Calculated: __________________________________

Assigned: ___________________________________

Transferred: ________________________________

a) Status

Status tab:

Fully calculated, account assignment fully completed, fully transferred.

7. Display the document flow for the shipment cost document and go fromthere to the Services acceptance materials document. What is the function ofthis document?

______________________________________________________

a) Document flow for shipment cost document:

→ Environment→ Document flow

Place the cursor on Services acceptance and choose Display document.

Services acceptance is a materials management document thatdocuments the activity of a service. It is the basis for creating accrualsin accounting.

8. To display the provisions that appear in accounting, go to the accountingdocument from the material document. Which accounts were posted to?

______________________________________________________

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 237

Page 258: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 7: Shipment Cost Settlement SCM611

______________________________________________________

a) Display accounting document:

In the material document, choose Accounting documents, then chooseAccounting document.

The following accounts were posted to:

417000 Services purchased191100 Goods Rcvd/Invoice Rcvd

clearing external procurement(accruals)

238 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 259: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Cost Transfer

Lesson Summary

You should now be able to:� Explain the steps involved in shipment cost settlement� Provide an overview of account determination as well as assignment of

costs to a controlling object.� Create an external service order so that the shipment costs can be transferred.� Transfer shipment costs.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 239

Page 260: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 7: Shipment Cost Settlement SCM611

Lesson: Settlement of Costs with the Service Agent

Lesson OverviewThis lesson describes the credit memo procedure for settling costs with thetransportation service provider.

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

� Create a credit memo using the credit memo procedure.� Manually create an invoice.� Explain the procedure used if shipment costs are to be considered as delivery

costs

Business ExampleBased on the calculated shipment costs, you periodically send credit memosto most service agents. At the same time, payables are posted in FinancialAccounting, and the accruals are dissolved.

Shipment Cost Settlement

Figure 95: Shipment Cost Settlement with Direct Transfer

Shipment costs are settled with the service agent per shipment cost item.

240 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 261: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Settlement of Costs with the Service Agent

Settlement includes:

� Assigning and transferring shipment costs to Financial Accounting togenerating accruals, and assigning costs to a CO object.

� Settle Costs with Service Agent: Post payables by canceling accruals.

You need to have entered and accepted the services provided before you cantransfer costs to Financial Accounting. The system automatically creates theservice entry sheet based on a purchase order for external services.

Before you can settle costs with the service agent, you need to create an invoiceusing manual invoice verification or create a credit memo using the credit memoprocedure.

Credit Memo Procedure

Figure 96: Credit Memo Procedure

The credit memo procedure (also referred to as ERS procedure, �EvaluatedReceipt Settlement�) is used to settle shipment costs directly without the needfor having received an invoice.

On the basis of the calculated shipment costs, you issue a credit memo to theservice agent. The payee is responsible for verifying this credit memo.

The calculated shipment costs are transferred directly to Financial Accountingwhere the payables are posted and the accruals are dissolved. If the service agentfinds any variances during invoice verification, you post these as subsequentdebits/credits.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 241

Page 262: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 7: Shipment Cost Settlement SCM611

You can create single credit memos, that is, you create a credit memo for eachshipment cost item and service agent, or you periodically create collective creditmemos by service agent. The settlement periods for periodic settlement areflexible.

Incoming Invoice Verification

Figure 97: Manual Invoice Verification

When you verify invoices manually, you receive an invoice from the serviceagent. Manually create an invoice in the system, verify this invoice, and postit manually.

242 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 263: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Settlement of Costs with the Service Agent

Shipment Costs as Delivery Costs

Figure 98: Shipment Costs as Delivery Costs

In the case of incoming shipments or shipments within the company, for example,you can use shipment costs as delivery costs.

The shipment costs determined in the shipment cost document are not directlytransferred to Financial Accounting, but are entered in the goods receipt documentin MM and added to the relevant material.

Example of this type of business process:

� Create a purchase order for the vendor. You do not yet know what the exactshipment costs are, so they are not included in the purchase order.

� Create an inbound delivery based on the purchase order.� Generate an inbound shipment with one or more inbound deliveries.� Next, create the shipment cost document. This is only relevant to the

calculation, not the settlement, of the costs.� When you post the goods receipt with reference to the inbound delivery, the

system accesses the shipment costs. In this case, they represent deliverycosts. This increases the value of the material, and therefore the unit costsas well.

� You settle the costs with the vendor and forwarding agent using invoiceverification in MM. The shipment costs are treated as planned delivery costs.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 243

Page 264: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 7: Shipment Cost Settlement SCM611

244 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 265: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Settlement of Costs with the Service Agent

Exercise 19: Creating Credit Memos

Exercise ObjectivesAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:� Execute the credit memo procedure (ERS procedure)

Business ExampleSince you agreed with your forwarding agent to regularly send credit memos forthe amounts incurred, create a credit memo using the ERS procedure.

Task:After the costs have been transferred, you settle the shipment costs with theservice agent directly, without an invoice. You create a credit memo using theERS procedure.

1. In the selection screen, enter your service agent and the purchase ordernumber referred to in the entry of services performed.

Record the number of the credit memo that was created.

2. To display the entire process once more, return to the shipment costdocument. Call up the document flow.

Go to the invoice receipt document.

Which accounts were posted to?

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 245

Page 266: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 7: Shipment Cost Settlement SCM611

Solution 19: Creating Credit MemosTask:After the costs have been transferred, you settle the shipment costs with theservice agent directly, without an invoice. You create a credit memo using theERS procedure.

1. In the selection screen, enter your service agent and the purchase ordernumber referred to in the entry of services performed.

Record the number of the credit memo that was created.

a) Create credit memo using ERS procedure:

Choose Choose Logistics→ Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ Shipment Costs→ Freight Invoice Check→ Logistics InvoiceVerification→ Automatic Settlement→ Evaluated Receipt Settlement(ERS)

Vendor: T-S11G##

Deselect the Test Run indicator.

Choose Execute

The Credit Memo Number is assigned by the system.

2. To display the entire process once more, return to the shipment costdocument. Call up the document flow.

Go to the invoice receipt document.

Which accounts were posted to?

___________________________________________________________

Continued on next page

246 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 267: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Settlement of Costs with the Service Agent

___________________________________________________________

a) Display entire process:

Choose Logistics→ Logistics Execution→ Transportation→Shipment Costs→ Display

Enter the number of the shipment cost document then choose Enter.

Environment→ Document flow

Place the cursor on Invoice receipt and choose Display document.

The following accounts were posted to:

T-S11G##: Liabilities to your service agent191100: Goods Rcvd/Invoice Rcvd

clearing external procurement(accruals)

154000: Input tax

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 247

Page 268: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 7: Shipment Cost Settlement SCM611

Lesson Summary

You should now be able to:� Create a credit memo using the credit memo procedure.� Manually create an invoice.� Explain the procedure used if shipment costs are to be considered as delivery

costs

248 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 269: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Costs in the Sales Process

Lesson: Shipment Costs in the Sales Process

Lesson OverviewThis lesson introduces the shipment cost information options and the shipmentcost transfer to the customer.

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

� Access shipment cost information in the sales order� Define shipment cost information and planning profiles� Create a customer billing document and transfer the shipment costs from

the shipment cost document

Business ExampleYour sales employees often have to estimate the shipment costs for a particularshipment as soon as they create an order, either to give customers information orto compare different transportation options. In most cases, the costs you wantto settle with the customer are those that the shipment actually incurred. Youtherefore transfer the shipment costs from the shipment cost document to thecustomer billing document.

Shipment Cost Information in the Order

Figure 99: Shipment Cost Information in the Sales Order

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 249

Page 270: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 7: Shipment Cost Settlement SCM611

You often need to specify the shipment costs in the order. The �shipping costinformation� function in the order allows you to do this.

The system runs a simulation in the background to create outbound deliveries aswell as shipments and shipment cost documents.

The shipment costs are calculated from the shipment cost information profilestored for each sales document type. You can use different variants (planningprofiles) for this. The system then calculates the shipment costs in different ways.For example, you can compare whether a road or rail shipment would be cheaper.

Figure 100: Cost Information Profile and Planning Profile

You define the shipment cost information profile in Customizing. It containsdefault values for the transportation planning point, the shipment type and theshipment cost pricing procedure.

Assign this shipment cost profile to one or more sales document types.

You can also assign one or more transportation planning profiles to a shipmentcost information profile. These planning profiles are used for creating shipmentsin Collective Processing. A planning profile determines how deliveries shouldbe combined into a shipment and which data should be entered into the shipmentdocument.

If you trigger the shipment cost calculation in the sales document, the data used inthe simulated combination of shipments is the same as the data saved in the orderand the relevant shipment cost profile. If planning profiles have been assigned tothe shipment cost profile, their data is also used to calculate shipment costs so thatyou can compare the costs of different methods of transportation.

250 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 271: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Costs in the Sales Process

Settlement of Shipment Costs with the Customer

Figure 101: Settlement of Shipment Costs with the Customer

You can bill the customer for the actual shipment costs based on effectiveshipment costs that were calculated with the forwarding agent in transportationand shipment processing. The freight costs then appear as an additional entry inthe customer billing document.

Shipment costs that are calculated from the delivery items in the shipment costdocument are assigned directly to their corresponding billing document items.Costs that are based on other factors, for example, the shipment cost items, aredistributed among the billing document items according to the proportional weightof the delivery items.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 251

Page 272: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 7: Shipment Cost Settlement SCM611

Figure 102: Controlling the Settlement with the Customer

To bill the customer for the shipment costs in the customer billing document, youmust make the following Customizing settings:

� Condition types with the same name must be created in the pricingprocedures for shipment cost calculation and billing document pricing.These condition types must be indicated as statistical in the shipment costpricing procedure and as manual in the pricing determination procedure.

� In the general pricing procedure, you must activate the Specific procedurefield. This causes the system to redetermine the condition class as wellas the statistical indicator.

� You must also specify the price source at item level as �shipment costs� incopying control for billing documents. This ensures that the conditions arecopied from the shipment cost document to the billing document.

252 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 273: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Costs in the Sales Process

Exercise 20: Shipment Cost Informationin the Order

Exercise ObjectivesAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:� Access shipment cost information in the sales order

Business ExampleCustomers often want to have some idea of what the shipment costs will amountto when they make their order. To meet this requirement, you can access shipmentcost information.

You can also compare several shipment variants and their shipment costs. Thecustomer or sales employee can then decide to use the cheapest option, forexample.

Task:A customer places an order with you and would like to be informed in advance ofthe approximate shipment costs.

1. Create a standard order for your customer CompuMax in Frankfurt:

Order type OR

Sold-to party T-S11A##

PO Number 234##

Material and Order Quantity: T-ATC1, 25 piecesMaterial and Order Quantity: T-ATD1, 25 pieces

Save the order.

2. Go to change mode in the above sales order. Call up the shipment costinformation.

Which planning profiles are used?

_________________________________________________________

3. In the planning profile <FROM ORDER>, enter service agent 50999. Thenaccess the shipment cost information.

Compare the values determined by the different calculation methods.

4. Display the log. Which documents were simulated in the background? Why?

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 253

Page 274: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 7: Shipment Cost Settlement SCM611

_________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________

5. Optional

View the grouping criteria and the data profile for the different planningprofiles and check the document simulation.

6. Optional

In Customizing, check which shipment cost information profile is savedfor sales document type OR.

254 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 275: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Costs in the Sales Process

Solution 20: Shipment Cost Informationin the OrderTask:A customer places an order with you and would like to be informed in advance ofthe approximate shipment costs.

1. Create a standard order for your customer CompuMax in Frankfurt:

Order type OR

Sold-to party T-S11A##

PO Number 234##

Material and Order Quantity: T-ATC1, 25 piecesMaterial and Order Quantity: T-ATD1, 25 pieces

Save the order.

a) Create order:

Choose Logistics→ Sales and Distribution→ Sales→Order→ Create

Order Type OR

Sold-to party T-S11A##

PO Number 234##

Material and Order Quantity: T-ATC1, 25 piecesMaterial and Order Quantity: T-ATD1, 30 pieces

2. Go to change mode in the above sales order. Call up the shipment costinformation.

Which planning profiles are used?

_________________________________________________________

a) Call up shipment cost information:

Logistics→ Sales and Distribution→ Sales→ Order→ Change

Choose Extras→ Shipment cost information

<FROM ORDER> planning profiles 0001-01 and 0002-01 are used.

3. In the planning profile <FROM ORDER>, enter service agent 50999. Thenaccess the shipment cost information.

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 255

Page 276: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 7: Shipment Cost Settlement SCM611

Compare the values determined by the different calculation methods.

a) Execute shipment cost information:

In the planning profile <FROM ORDER>, enter service agent 50999.

Then choose Execute.

The system determines different shipment costs for the 3 calculationmethods.

4. Display the log. Which documents were simulated in the background? Why?

_________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________

a) Display the log:

Choose Log.

Since the items have different shipping points, two outbound deliverieswere simulated.

The <FROM ORDER> calculation method creates a shipmentdocument for each simulated delivery document; in this case, twoshipment documents and the corresponding shipment cost documentswere simulated.

The calculation method 0001-01 also simulates two shipmentdocuments, since a separate shipment is created for each shipping point(grouping criteria); that�s why two shipment cost documents werecreated in this case too.

With calculation method 0002-01, the system simulates only oneshipment document and one shipment cost document.

5. Optional

View the grouping criteria and the data profile for the different planningprofiles and check the document simulation.

a) Display grouping criteria and data profiles:

Click on the magnifying glass at the end of the grouping criteria anddata profile fields. Check the settings.

6. Optional

Continued on next page

256 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 277: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Costs in the Sales Process

In Customizing, check which shipment cost information profile is savedfor sales document type OR.

a) Customizing:

Choose IMG: Sales and Distribution→ Sales→ Sales Documents→Sales Document Header→ Define Sales Document Types

Go to the details screen of order type OR.

In the Shipping data block, you will see that the defined shipment costinformation profile is STANDARD.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 257

Page 278: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 7: Shipment Cost Settlement SCM611

258 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 279: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Costs in the Sales Process

Exercise 21: Billing Shipment Costs to theCustomer

Exercise ObjectivesAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:� Transfer the shipment costs from the shipment cost document to the customer

billing document

Business ExampleYou have agreed with some customers to invoice them for the shipment costsactually incurred.

In these cases, you only create the customer billing document when the shipmentcosts for this operation have been fully calculated. To distinguish this method ofprocessing from other methods, you use a different billing type.

Task 1:The shipment costs for the outbound shipment from �The Basics of TransportationProcessing� unit (see line 3 on the data sheet) have already been calculated fully.

1. Check the status at header level of the shipment cost document.

Calculated: __________________________________Assigned: __________________________________Transferred: __________________________________

2. What are the calculated shipment costs?

_________________________________________________________

3. Branch to the associated shipment document (using the document flow,for instance). Note the number of the outbound delivery involved in thisshipment.

_________________________________________________________

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 259

Page 280: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 7: Shipment Cost Settlement SCM611

Task 2:Now create the billing document for the outbound delivery.

1. Since you want to copy the shipment costs from the shipment cost documentto the billing document, you use billing type ZFK, Invoice with freight,which has the appropriate settings.

Hint: In the Default data block of the Create billing documentscreen, select Invoice with freight in the Billing type field.

Enter the outbound delivery number in the Document field underDocs to be processed.

To go to the billing document, choose Execute.

2. In the billing document, go to the condition screen of the item.

What is the condition type for the shipment costs called?

_________________________________________________________

What amount was set in the document for this?

_________________________________________________________

260 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 281: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Costs in the Sales Process

Solution 21: Billing Shipment Costs to theCustomerTask 1:The shipment costs for the outbound shipment from �The Basics of TransportationProcessing� unit (see line 3 on the data sheet) have already been calculated fully.

1. Check the status at header level of the shipment cost document.

Calculated: __________________________________Assigned: __________________________________Transferred: __________________________________

a) Check status:

Choose Logistics→ Logistics Execution→ Transportation→Shipment Costs→ Display

Enter the number of the shipment cost document you documentedin �The Basics of Transportation Processing� unit (see line 3 on thedata sheet).

Status tab:

Calculated: Fully calculatedAssigned: Account assignment fully completedTransferred: Not transferred

2. What are the calculated shipment costs?

_________________________________________________________

a) Shipment costs:

Net value: EUR 180

3. Branch to the associated shipment document (using the document flow,for instance). Note the number of the outbound delivery involved in thisshipment.

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 261

Page 282: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 7: Shipment Cost Settlement SCM611

_________________________________________________________

a) Display shipment document:

Choose Environment→ Document Flow.

Place the cursor on the shipment document and choose Displaydocument.

To find the number of the outbound delivery, go to the Shipmentsand deliveries. overview.

Task 2:Now create the billing document for the outbound delivery.

1. Since you want to copy the shipment costs from the shipment cost documentto the billing document, you use billing type ZFK, Invoice with freight,which has the appropriate settings.

Hint: In the Default data block of the Create billing documentscreen, select Invoice with freight in the Billing type field.

Enter the outbound delivery number in the Document field underDocs to be processed.

To go to the billing document, choose Execute.

a) Create billing document using billing type Invoice with freight (ZFK):

Choose Logistics→ Sales and Distribution→ Billing→ BillingDocument→ Create.

In the upper half of the screen, in the Default data block, select thebilling type Invoice with freight.

Enter the number of the outbound delivery to be billed and chooseExecute.

2. In the billing document, go to the condition screen of the item.

What is the condition type for the shipment costs called?

_________________________________________________________

What amount was set in the document for this?

Continued on next page

262 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 283: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Shipment Costs in the Sales Process

_________________________________________________________

a) Display conditions:

In the billing document, choose Pricing conditions header.

The condition type for the shipment costs is called FK00 (shipmentcosts for customer).

Amount FK00: EUR 180; this corresponds to the shipment costscalculated in the shipment cost document.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 263

Page 284: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 7: Shipment Cost Settlement SCM611

Lesson Summary

You should now be able to:� Access shipment cost information in the sales order� Define shipment cost information and planning profiles� Create a customer billing document and transfer the shipment costs from

the shipment cost document

264 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 285: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Unit Summary

Unit SummaryYou should now be able to:� Explain the steps involved in shipment cost settlement� Provide an overview of account determination as well as assignment of

costs to a controlling object.� Create an external service order so that the shipment costs can be transferred.� Transfer shipment costs.� Create a credit memo using the credit memo procedure.� Manually create an invoice.� Explain the procedure used if shipment costs are to be considered as delivery

costs� Access shipment cost information in the sales order� Define shipment cost information and planning profiles� Create a customer billing document and transfer the shipment costs from

the shipment cost document

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 265

Page 286: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit Summary SCM611

266 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 287: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Page 288: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Page 289: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 8Using Express Delivery Companies

Unit OverviewSpecial functions that are required for transportatoin using express services areintroduced in the following unit.

Unit ObjectivesAfter completing this unit, you will be able to:

� Highlight the special requirements of transportation processing involvingexpress delivery companies

� Describe the outbound delivery process involving express deliverycompanies

� Identify the options for tracking parcels

Unit ContentsLesson: Outbound Deliveries Involving Express Delivery Companies ..268

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 267

Page 290: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 8: Using Express Delivery Companies SCM611

Lesson: Outbound Deliveries Involving Express DeliveryCompanies

Lesson OverviewIn this lesson, you will become familiar with the options for working with expressdelivery companies.

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

� Highlight the special requirements of transportation processing involvingexpress delivery companies

� Describe the outbound delivery process involving express deliverycompanies

� Identify the options for tracking parcels

Business ExampleYou ship many of your urgent outbound deliveries using express deliverycompanies. However, these deliveries have special requirements, which youwould like to model in your system.

You want to track the itinerary of the shipments and exchange importantinformation with the express delivery company and the ship-to party.

268 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 291: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Outbound Deliveries Involving Express Delivery Companies

Express Delivery Companies

Figure 103: Express Delivery Companies

Express delivery companies transport goods quickly and offer the option oftracking the itinerary of the shipments. There are special requirements forprocessing this kind of shipment which do not arise with �ordinary� shipments.

You can model the special requirements of express deliveries with expressdelivery processing in the SAP system. These requirements include:

Information specific to the service agent recorded in the delivery. This informationrefers either to the entire delivery or to individual parcels.

Printing out special labels with the required information (this is needed for theautomatic sorting machines at the express delivery companies)

Creating the manifest/delivery list (simplifies settlement for the express deliverycompany and eliminates manual entry of shipments; prevents delays)

Parcel and status tracking

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 269

Page 292: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 8: Using Express Delivery Companies SCM611

Figure 104: Outbound Delivery Using Express Delivery - Process

When express delivery companies are involved in the outbound deliveryprocess, you usually require express delivery information as soon as you createthe outbound delivery.This information includes the tracking number, routinginformation, and the service code and product codes. This data can be definedeither at outbound delivery level or handling unit level.

If an express delivery company is specified in the outbound delivery, the systemautomatically loads the information from the data stored for that company. In theoutbound delivery document, there is a tab page for this at header level calledParcel Tracking.

The shipper informs the ship-to party of the tracking number and any otherinformation relevant to the express delivery.

The shipper also has the option of creating a shipment document containing allthe shipments for a particular express delivery company. On the basis of thisshipment document, the shipper can create a manifest and send it to the serviceagent (electronically using the shipment IDoc).

Both the shipper and ship-to party can monitor the tracking status of theshipments at any time using the tracking number and Parcel Tracking.

You maintain the data for the express delivery companies in the Express DeliveryCockpit.

270 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 293: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Outbound Deliveries Involving Express Delivery Companies

Parcel Tracking

Figure 105: Parcel Tracking

It is often important to track the itinerary of the shipment (delivery or parcel),and to know at any one time where the shipment is, what its status is (trackingstatus such as picked up, load transferred, or delivered), and so on. The trackingfunction is available for this.

The Parcel Tracking tab page in the header details of the outbound delivery givesyou the tracking status and all other information relating to the express deliveryprocessing of this outbound delivery.

A tracking transaction allows you to select documents by order, purchase order,delivery, shipment, handling unit, or tracking number. The system also displaysthe tracking status and express delivery company information for the selecteddocument.

The tracking status is also displayed in the Document flow, along with thedelivery status or status of the shipping unit.

Another method of tracking shipments is to access the order status using theInternet application components (IAC) from SAP. From there, you can branchto tracking. This is particularly useful for ship-to parties, who can call up thetracking status using the order number.

You can also access the status in the background. A workflow connection ispossible in this case. In exceptional cases, this may mean that processors receiveitems in their inboxes.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 271

Page 294: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 8: Using Express Delivery Companies SCM611

Figure 106: Parcel Tracking in Detail

You will find detailed information on the tracking status and the data fields ofthe express delivery company, which the system supplies automatically, on theTracking screen.

The data can be displayed both at the outbound delivery level and the handlingunit level. There are no handling units in the above example, so the data applies tothe entire outbound delivery.

Users can define their own display variants so the information is displayed tosuit their needs.

From the tracking screen, you can also request information from the expressdelivery company via the Internet.

272 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 295: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Outbound Deliveries Involving Express Delivery Companies

Express Delivery Cockpit

Figure 107: Express Delivery Cockpit

The express delivery cockpit is the central point for making all the settingsrelevant to express deliveries.

You must define which data fields are relevant for for each service agent and howthey should be determined (= metadata).

The master data includes:

� Product and/or service codes:Reflect the services of the express deliverycompany (speed, services, and so on)

� Routing information: Depends on postal code; used by automatic sortingmachines

� Tracking status: Optional status confirmation by tracking� URL links: Destination URLs for XML and URL templates for tracking;

documentation� Number ranges: For numbers assigned by the express delivery company

An XML-enabled setup interface simplifies the setup procedure if you aresupported by the express delivery company or another data provider. You needto create the express delivery company and assign it to a service agent (vendormaster record) and shipping points. Next, all the metadata and master data isloaded and can then be further processed manually.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 273

Page 296: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 8: Using Express Delivery Companies SCM611

Lesson Summary

You should now be able to:� Highlight the special requirements of transportation processing involving

express delivery companies� Describe the outbound delivery process involving express delivery

companies� Identify the options for tracking parcels

274 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 297: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Unit Summary

Unit SummaryYou should now be able to:� Highlight the special requirements of transportation processing involving

express delivery companies� Describe the outbound delivery process involving express delivery

companies� Identify the options for tracking parcels

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 275

Page 298: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit Summary SCM611

276 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 299: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Page 300: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Page 301: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 9Concluding Exercise

Unit OverviewSubsequent to this course, you can test and deepen the knowledge that you gainedin the previous days with this final activity.

Unit ObjectivesAfter completing this unit, you will be able to:

� Define a new transportation planning point� Create a new shipment type� Define a planning profile for the shipment type� Define an activity profile and assign it to the shipment type� Set up shipment cost calculation for the new shipment type� Create new condition records� Maintain purchasing data for shipment cost settlement

Unit ContentsLesson: Concluding Exercise .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278

Exercise 22: Concluding Exercise .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .279

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 277

Page 302: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 9: Concluding Exercise SCM611

Lesson: Concluding Exercise

Lesson OverviewYou now have the opportunity to test and further develop the knowledge that yougained in the actual course by working through a final activity.

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

� Define a new transportation planning point� Create a new shipment type� Define a planning profile for the shipment type� Define an activity profile and assign it to the shipment type� Set up shipment cost calculation for the new shipment type� Create new condition records� Maintain purchasing data for shipment cost settlement

Business ExampleYou want to map your requirements in the SAP system.

Transportation and Shipment Cost Processing

Figure 108: Transportation and Shipment Cost Processing

278 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 303: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Concluding Exercise

Exercise 22: Concluding Exercise

Exercise ObjectivesAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:� Define a new transportation planning point� Create a new shipment type� Define a planning profile for the shipment type� Define an activity profile and assign it to the shipment type� Set up shipment cost calculation for the new shipment type� Create new condition records� Maintain purchasing data for shipment cost settlement

Business ExampleYour computer company not only sells computers but also electronic componentsin smaller numbers to a few customers in Europe. 70 % of the shipments, whichare usually urgent, are shipped by air from Dresden, Germany.

You have therefore arranged for door-to-door transportation with an internationalforwarding agent. The forwarding agent picks up the goods from your Dresdenplant and takes them to the airport. The agent organizes the transportation withthe air cargo carrier and the issuing of the airway bill (AWB). Depending onthe INCOTERMS, the agent takes the goods from the destination airport to theship-to party.

You settle the costs with the forwarding agent per shipment, where one shipmentconsists of one or more outbound deliveries to a ship-to party. You have agreedon a flat rate that depends on the country of destination and the weight of theshipment. The forwarding agent charges a fee for creating the air waybill and fordelivering the goods to the ship-to party.

To simplify cost settlement with the forwarding agent, you use the credit memoprocedure to regularly send credit memos for the shipment costs incurred.

In the following exercise, you will map these requirements in the SAP system.

Task 1:A separate organizational unit handles the processing of air cargo shipments inDresden.

You therefore define a new transportation planning point for air cargo first.

1. Create a new transportation planning point by copying the existingtransportation planning point 1200 (Dresden).

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 279

Page 304: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 9: Concluding Exercise SCM611

TPPt: Z0##Description: Air cargo ##Company code: 1000

Maintain the address data for the transportation planning point. Change thename and not the address.

Task 2:Create a new shipment type that will meet your requirements for processing aircargo shipments.

1. Call shipment type Z0##, description ## Air cargo that has already beencreated in the system.

Make the following settings in addition to the existing settings:

2. Since you want to distinguish the air cargo shipments from the othershipments by simply looking at the document number, assign number range03 to the shipment type.

3. The shipment can contain several deliveries for different ship-to parties. Youdo not need to map it as a multi-modal shipment because the forwardingagent is responsible for this. It is therefore a collective shipment with onemode of transport.

4. Since the shipment is not linked to other shipments, you select the Directleg leg indicator.

5. The goods are shipped by air.

6. Since the shipment costs are to be calculated per shipment, you needa separate leg for each ship-to party. To do this, you can use the legdetermination type Prelim. leg per loading point, subsqnt leg per ship-to pty.

7. The weight unit default should be kilograms and the volume unit defaultshould be CDM.

8. The deadlines for the outbound deliveries should be copied to the shipmentheader as planned deadlines. You therefore set the Deadlines copy routine.

All other settings should remain the same.

Save your entries.

Continued on next page

280 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 305: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Concluding Exercise

Task 3:You usually create air cargo shipments online. To do this, select all outbounddeliveries due to be shipped that already have the Airplane shipping type in theorder.

To reduce the manual work required for transportation planning, define a planningprofile for your shipment type that meets the following requirements:

� The outbound deliveries should be combined to form shipments inaccordance with your route (= one shipment per route).

� Transportation planning point Z0## processes the shipments, which haveshipment type Z0##.

� T-S11K## (SLL Cargo Services) is the forwarding agent assigned to theshipments.

� The shipping type is Airplane.� The documents are relevant for shipment costs.� You need to execute leg determination.

1. To define the planning profile:

Call up Z0## shipment type in Change mode. In the Planning Profile field,enter Z0##-Plan as the description, and choose Maintain to maintainthe profile.

2. Selection variant:

It is not considered in the planning profile. Choose the existing variant1000/1200.

3. Grouping criteria:

Create the Z0##-Route variant.

Select the route as the grouping criterion.

4. Data and options:

Create the Z0##-Cargo variant.

Fill out the fields according to the above requirements.

5. Click the attributes button, then give it a name. Save the variant, then savethe Shipment type..

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 281

Page 306: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 9: Concluding Exercise SCM611

Task 4:When the forwarding agent picks up the goods, the shipment is consideredcompleted. You then receive the order number of the forwarding agent, which youhave to enter in the shipment document as the container ID. You should post thegoods issue for all the outbound deliveries in the shipment. The sales departmentcreates the billing document separately at a later time.

1. Define an activity profile for your shipment type that models the aboverequirements when the Completed status is set.

Profile name: Z0##-05

Description: ## Air cargo completion

Task 5:For your shipments of the Air Cargo shipment type, the shipment costs shouldbe calculated per shipment, meaning per ship-to party. Because of this, a leg isdetermined for each ship-to party in the shipment, and the shipment costs arecalculated based on the legs.

1. When you process your shipment costs, use the existing Standard shipmentcost type.

2. Assign the Standard shipment cost type to your shipment type.

3. Set the shipment cost relevance for your shipment type. Leg-based costsonly should be calculated.

4. Check which item categories the system creates automatically with referenceto a shipment leg for the Standard shipment cost type.

_________________________________________________________

Task 6:Since the calculation method used for air cargo shipments differs greatly fromthe method used for truck shipments, use a separate pricing procedure for thisshipping type.

1. Take a look at the ZFCL00 pricing procedure, which is already defined.Which condition types does this procedure contain?

_________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________

2. Check the controlling elements of the condition types and their accesssequences. Establish what each condition type models.

Continued on next page

282 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 307: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Concluding Exercise

3. Set up pricing procedure determination for your transportation planningpoint Z0##.

Item Category Procedure Group: 0001

Service Agent Procedure Group: No entry

Shipping Type Procedure Group: 0005

Pricing procedure: ZFCL00

Task 7:You define the tariff agreements with �SLL Cargo Services� as condition recordsin the system.

1. First maintain condition records for the ZL01 condition type (Air CargoTariff):

Service agent: T-S11K## (SLL Cargo Services)Currency: EUR

Country of dest.

Weight group

FR DE

Up to 20 kg 280 200

Up to 32 kg 450 330

2. You should also maintain a flat rate for creating an air waybill. You can usecondition type ZL02 for this (AWB fee):

Service agent: T-S11K##

Amount: 20

Unit: EUR

3. Depending on the INCOTERMS, the goods are transported from thedestination airport to the ship-to party. The forwarding agent charges a feefor this (ZL03 condition type, delivery fee). Create a condition record forthis as well:

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 283

Page 308: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 9: Concluding Exercise SCM611

Service agent: T-S11K## (SLL Cargo Services)INCOTERMS: FH (free house)Quantity: 60

Unit: EUR

Task 8:For the settlement, you need to assign the relevant organizational units inPurchasing to the organizational units in Transportation. These settings arerequired so that you can create accruals.

1. Maintain purchasing data in Customizing for your transportation planningpoint Z0##:

TransportPlanPt: Z0##

Shipment Cost Type: 0001

Purchasing organization: 1000

Purchasing group: 000

Plant: 1200

Task 9:Test the settings you have made so far:

1. Create a shipment of the ## Air Cargo type in the Z0##t transportationplanning point.

2. For outbound deliveries relevant for transportation using the following data:

Shipping point: X0##

Shipping type: 05

3. Select all the outbound deliveries you chose and execute the planningproposal.

How many shipments are created?

_________________________________________________________

4. Go to one of the shipments and check whether the data has been copiedfrom the data profile.

Which stages have been created?

_________________________________________________________

Continued on next page

284 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 309: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Concluding Exercise

_________________________________________________________

Which service agent was assigned to the shipments?

_________________________________________________________

5. Set the Planned status for both shipments. Do not determine the legs again.

Check whether the planned deadlines have been copied from the outbounddeliveries to the shipment.

Check-In: ______________________Loading Start: ______________________Loading End: ______________________Shipment Completion: ______________________Shipment Start: ______________________Shipment End: ______________________

6. Assume that the forwarding agent picks up the goods from your plant. Setthe Shipment Completion status.

What information does the system require you to enter?

______________________________________

Enter any number.

7. Save your document.

What activities are performed in the background? Why?

Task 10:To calculate the shipment costs for both shipments, create shipment costdocuments for them.

1. Create the shipment cost documents individually or using collectiveprocessing.

Hint: If you create the documents using Collective Processing, makesure you only calculate the costs for your own shipment documents.

Select the shipment documents using your user ID.

2. What is the shipment cost type of these documents?

_________________________________________________________

3. Identify which shipment cost items were created.

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 285

Page 310: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 9: Concluding Exercise SCM611

_________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________

Why?

_________________________________________________________

4. Go to one of the items.

Which pricing procedure did the system determine?

_________________________________________________________

5. Try to understand the pricing. Check whether the correct amount wascalculated.

Task 11:You now want to create accruals and therefore transfer the shipment costs to FIand CO.

1. Check one of the shipment cost documents to ensure that account assignmenthas been completed fully.

2. To transfer the costs, you need a valid external service order. Logistics→materials management→ Purchasing→ Purchase order→ Create→Vendor/Supplying Plant Known

In Purchasing, create the purchase order for your forwarding agent:

Enter the following values:

Order type: Standard purchase order

Vendor: T-S11K##

Order Date: Today’s date

Organizational Data:Purchasing org.: IDES Germany

Purchasing group: Chef, H.

Company code IDES AG

Item overview:Acct. Assign. Category: U

Item Category: D

Short Text: Shipping service

Continued on next page

286 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 311: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Concluding Exercise

Type of delivery date: M (month format)Delivery date: Current month

Material group: 007

Plant: 1200 (Dresden)Storage location: 0001 (material storage)

Item Detail: Limits tab:

Select the No Limit indicator.

Enter EUR 10,000 as the expected value.

In addition, enter 1I as the tax code on the Invoice tab.

3. Now transfer the shipment costs. You can do this for all shipment costdocuments using collective processing.

4. Check one of the shipment cost documents to make sure the costs havebeen transferred.

Go to the document flow and view the service acceptance and the associatedaccounting documents.

Which accounts were posted to?

_________________________________________________________

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 287

Page 312: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 9: Concluding Exercise SCM611

Solution 22: Concluding ExerciseTask 1:A separate organizational unit handles the processing of air cargo shipments inDresden.

You therefore define a new transportation planning point for air cargo first.

1. Create a new transportation planning point by copying the existingtransportation planning point 1200 (Dresden).

TPPt: Z0##Description: Air cargo ##Company code: 1000

Maintain the address data for the transportation planning point. Change thename and not the address.

a) Set up a transportation planning point for air cargo:

In IMG, choose: Enterprise Structure→ Definition→ LogisticsExecution→ Maintain Transportation Planning Point

Select entry 1200 and choose Copy As.

Overwrite the entry as follows:

TPPt: Z0##

Description: Air cargo ##

Choose Enter and maintain the address data on the following screen.

Task 2:Create a new shipment type that will meet your requirements for processing aircargo shipments.

1. Call shipment type Z0##, description ## Air cargo that has already beencreated in the system.

Make the following settings in addition to the existing settings:

a) Set up shipment type for air cargo:

In IMG choose: Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ Shipments→ Define Shipment Types

Go to the Details screen for shipment type Z0##.

Continued on next page

288 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 313: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Concluding Exercise

2. Since you want to distinguish the air cargo shipments from the othershipments by simply looking at the document number, assign number range03 to the shipment type.

a)

NR int. assgt.: 03

3. The shipment can contain several deliveries for different ship-to parties. Youdo not need to map it as a multi-modal shipment because the forwardingagent is responsible for this. It is therefore a collective shipment with onemode of transport.

a)

Process Control: Collective shipmentusing one mode oftransport

4. Since the shipment is not linked to other shipments, you select the Directleg leg indicator.

a)

Leg indicator: Direct leg

5. The goods are shipped by air.

a)

Shipping type: 05

6. Since the shipment costs are to be calculated per shipment, you needa separate leg for each ship-to party. To do this, you can use the legdetermination type Prelim. leg per loading point, subsqnt leg per ship-to pty.

a)

Determine legs: Prelim. leg perloading point, subsqntleg per ship-to pty

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 289

Page 314: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 9: Concluding Exercise SCM611

7. The weight unit default should be kilograms and the volume unit defaultshould be CDM.

a) Default:

Weight unit: KG

Volume unit: CDM

8. The deadlines for the outbound deliveries should be copied to the shipmentheader as planned deadlines. You therefore set the Deadlines copy routine.

All other settings should remain the same.

Save your entries.

a)

Copy routine: 8 (Deadlines)ShTypePrelimLeg: 01SubseqLegShType: 01

Task 3:You usually create air cargo shipments online. To do this, select all outbounddeliveries due to be shipped that already have the Airplane shipping type in theorder.

To reduce the manual work required for transportation planning, define a planningprofile for your shipment type that meets the following requirements:

� The outbound deliveries should be combined to form shipments inaccordance with your route (= one shipment per route).

� Transportation planning point Z0## processes the shipments, which haveshipment type Z0##.

� T-S11K## (SLL Cargo Services) is the forwarding agent assigned to theshipments.

� The shipping type is Airplane.� The documents are relevant for shipment costs.� You need to execute leg determination.

1. To define the planning profile:

Continued on next page

290 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 315: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Concluding Exercise

Call up Z0## shipment type in Change mode. In the Planning Profile field,enter Z0##-Plan as the description, and choose Maintain to maintainthe profile.

a) Maintain planning profile for shipment type:

In IMG choose: Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ Shipments→ Define Shipment Types

Go to the Details screen for shipment type Z0##.

Planning profile: Z0##Plan

Choose Maintain.

2. Selection variant:

It is not considered in the planning profile. Choose the existing variant1000/1200.

a)

Selection variant: 1000/1200

3. Grouping criteria:

Create the Z0##-Route variant.

Select the route as the grouping criterion.

a)

Grouping criteria: Z0##Route

Choose Maintain.

Select the Route field in the block grouping criteria.

Click the attributes button, then Save the variant and give it adescription.

4. Data and options:

Create the Z0##-Cargo variant.

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 291

Page 316: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 9: Concluding Exercise SCM611

Fill out the fields according to the above requirements.

a)

Data and options: Z0##Cargo

Choose Maintain.

TransportPlanPt: Z0##

Shipping type: Z0##

Service agent: T-S11K##

Shipping type: 05

Shpt. Cost Rel.: Select

Leg Determination indicator: Select

5. Click the attributes button, then give it a name. Save the variant, then savethe Shipment type..

a) Save

Task 4:When the forwarding agent picks up the goods, the shipment is consideredcompleted. You then receive the order number of the forwarding agent, which youhave to enter in the shipment document as the container ID. You should post thegoods issue for all the outbound deliveries in the shipment. The sales departmentcreates the billing document separately at a later time.

1. Define an activity profile for your shipment type that models the aboverequirements when the Completed status is set.

Continued on next page

292 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 317: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Concluding Exercise

Profile name: Z0##-05

Description: ## Air cargo completion

a) Define activity profile:

In IMG choose: Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ Shipments→ Define and Assign Activity Profiles

In the table, enter the profile Z0##05 for shipment type Z0## andstatus At completion.

Choose Maintain.

Select the flag Dialog box for fast entry during setting of status.

Select Fld Selectn.

Set the Container ID field (VTTK-SIGNI) as aRequired Field.

Choose Copy.

Under Post Goods Issue, set the Carry out goods issue posting duringsave indicator.

Choose Attributes.

In the Name field, enter ## Air cargo shipmentcompletion and save the profile.

Task 5:For your shipments of the Air Cargo shipment type, the shipment costs shouldbe calculated per shipment, meaning per ship-to party. Because of this, a leg isdetermined for each ship-to party in the shipment, and the shipment costs arecalculated based on the legs.

1. When you process your shipment costs, use the existing Standard shipmentcost type.

a) Assign the shipment cost type and set the shipment cost relevance:

In IMG, choose Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ ShipmentCosts→ Shipment Cost Document→ Shipment Cost Relevance andDefault for Shipment Cost Type

2. Assign the Standard shipment cost type to your shipment type.

a) Assign shipment cost type:

Shipment type Z0##: Ship. cost type 0001

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 293

Page 318: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 9: Concluding Exercise SCM611

3. Set the shipment cost relevance for your shipment type. Leg-based costsonly should be calculated.

a) Set shipment cost relevance:

In the dialog structure, choose Define shipment cost relevance forshipment type.

Select the Leg indicator for your shipment type. Then save yourchanges.

4. Check which item categories the system creates automatically with referenceto a shipment leg for the Standard shipment cost type.

_________________________________________________________

a) Check item category determination for shipment cost type 0001:

In IMG, choose Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ ShipmentCosts→ Shipment Cost Document→ Shipment Cost Types and ItemCategories

Select entry 0001 and choose Assign shipment cost types and itemcategories in the dialog structure.

Item category 0001 (shipment costs) was found for cost type B (leg).

Task 6:Since the calculation method used for air cargo shipments differs greatly fromthe method used for truck shipments, use a separate pricing procedure for thisshipping type.

1. Take a look at the ZFCL00 pricing procedure, which is already defined.Which condition types does this procedure contain?

_________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________

a) Check the ZFCL00 pricing procedure:

In IMG, choose: Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ ShipmentCosts→ Pricing→ Pricing Control

→ Define and Assign Pricing Procedures→ Maintain PricingProcedure

Go to ZFCL00 in the control screen:

Condition types: ZL01, ZL02, ZL03

Continued on next page

294 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 319: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Concluding Exercise

2. Check the controlling elements of the condition types and their accesssequences. Establish what each condition type models.

a) Controlling condition types:

Define Condition Types

Go to the detail screens for the ZL01, ZL02, and ZL03 condition types.

ZL01 is the basic rate; access depends on the service agent and thedestination country of the shipment.

ZL02 is a surcharge for the creation of the airway bill; it depends onthe service agent.

ZL03 is a surcharge for delivery from the destination airport to theship-to party; it depends on the service agent and the INCOTERMS.

3. Set up pricing procedure determination for your transportation planningpoint Z0##.

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 295

Page 320: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 9: Concluding Exercise SCM611

Item Category Procedure Group: 0001

Service Agent Procedure Group: No entry

Shipping Type Procedure Group: 0005

Pricing procedure: ZFCL00

a) In the dialog structure, choose Transportation connection point,followed by New Entries:

Points: : plant1000 - HamburgPlant

|(Reference Plant/ShippingPoint) Plant

1000 Hamburg

Click Save, followed by back. Then choose new entries for the nextconnection point.

b) Set up pricing procedure determination:

→ Define and Assign Pricing Procedures → Define pricingprocedure determination for shipment costs

Select the Z0## transportation planning point and choose Determinepricing procedure in the dialog structure. Choose New Entries.

Item Category Procedure Group: 0001

Service Agent Procedure Group: No entry

Shipping Type Procedure Group: 0005

Pricing procedure: ZFCL00

Task 7:You define the tariff agreements with �SLL Cargo Services� as condition recordsin the system.

1. First maintain condition records for the ZL01 condition type (Air CargoTariff):

Service agent: T-S11K## (SLL Cargo Services)Currency: EUR

Continued on next page

296 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 321: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Concluding Exercise

Country of dest.

Weight group

FR DE

Up to 20 kg 280 200

Up to 32 kg 450 330

a) Create condition records:

Choose Logistics → Logistics Execution → Master Data →Transportation→ Shipment Costs→ Prices→ Create

b) Condition record for ZL01 condition type:

Condition type: ZL01

Service agent: T-S11K##

Country of Destination: Germany (DE)

Unit: EUR

Choose Scales.

Confirm the scale assignment (scale ID 63) in the dialog box. Maintainthe values according to the table.

Service agent: T-S11K##

Country of Destination: France (FR)

Unit: EUR

Choose Scales.

Confirm the scale assignment (scale ID 63) in the dialog box. Maintainthe values according to the table.

2. You should also maintain a flat rate for creating an air waybill. You can usecondition type ZL02 for this (AWB fee):

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 297

Page 322: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 9: Concluding Exercise SCM611

Service agent: T-S11K##

Amount: 20

Unit: EUR

a) Condition record for ZL02 condition type:

Condition type: ZL02

Service agent: T-S11K##

Amount: 20

Unit: EUR

3. Depending on the INCOTERMS, the goods are transported from thedestination airport to the ship-to party. The forwarding agent charges a feefor this (ZL03 condition type, delivery fee). Create a condition record forthis as well:

Service agent: T-S11K## (SLL Cargo Services)INCOTERMS: FH (free house)Quantity: 60

Unit: EUR

a)

Condition type: ZL03

Service agent: T-S11K##

INCOTERMS: FH

Quantity: 60

Unit: EUR

Task 8:For the settlement, you need to assign the relevant organizational units inPurchasing to the organizational units in Transportation. These settings arerequired so that you can create accruals.

1. Maintain purchasing data in Customizing for your transportation planningpoint Z0##:

Continued on next page

298 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 323: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Concluding Exercise

TransportPlanPt: Z0##

Shipment Cost Type: 0001

Purchasing organization: 1000

Purchasing group: 000

Plant: 1200

a) Maintain purchasing data:

In IMG, choose Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ ShipmentCosts→ Settlement→ Assign Purchasing Data

Choose New Entries:

TransportPlanPt: Z0##

Shipment Cost Type: 0001

Purchasing organization: 1000

Purchasing group: 000

Plant: 1200

Task 9:Test the settings you have made so far:

1. Create a shipment of the ## Air Cargo type in the Z0##t transportationplanning point.

a) Create shipment of the Air Cargo shipment type:

Logistics→ Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ TransportationPlanning→ Create→ Single Documents

TransportPlanPt: Z0##

Shipment type: ## Air cargo

2. For outbound deliveries relevant for transportation using the following data:

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 299

Page 324: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 9: Concluding Exercise SCM611

Shipping point: X0##

Shipping type: 05

a) Select outbound deliveries:

Choose Select Further Deliveries.

Shipping point: X0##

Shipping type: 05

Choose Execute.

3. Select all the outbound deliveries you chose and execute the planningproposal.

How many shipments are created?

_________________________________________________________

a) Execute the planning proposal:

Select all outbound deliveries.

Choose Create planning proposal for selected deliveries.

Choose Execute.

Two shipments are created in accordance with the Route groupingcriteria.

4. Go to one of the shipments and check whether the data has been copiedfrom the data profile.

Which stages have been created?

_________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________

Which service agent was assigned to the shipments?

Continued on next page

300 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 325: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Concluding Exercise

_________________________________________________________

a) Check data:

Go to of one of the shipments in the overview screen (Overview ofCurrent Shipment pushbutton).

Stages tab:

Shipment 1: 2 stagesShipment 2: 1 stageService agent: T-S11K##

5. Set the Planned status for both shipments. Do not determine the legs again.

Check whether the planned deadlines have been copied from the outbounddeliveries to the shipment.

Check-In: ______________________Loading Start: ______________________Loading End: ______________________Shipment Completion: ______________________Shipment Start: ______________________Shipment End: ______________________

a) Set Planned status and check planned deadlines

Go to the overview screen of each shipment (Overview of CurrentShipment pushbutton) and set the Planned status. Do not determinethe legs again.

Deadlines tab:

The system copies the deadlines from the outbound deliveries asplanned deadlines for the shipment.

6. Assume that the forwarding agent picks up the goods from your plant. Setthe Shipment Completion status.

What information does the system require you to enter?

______________________________________

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 301

Page 326: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 9: Concluding Exercise SCM611

Enter any number.

a) Set the Shipment Completion status:

Deadlines tab:

According to the settings in the activity profile, the system shouldrequest you to enter a container ID.

Enter any number.

7. Save your document.

What activities are performed in the background? Why?

a) Save your document.

The system posts the goods issue in the background for all outbounddeliveries involved in the shipment.

Task 10:To calculate the shipment costs for both shipments, create shipment costdocuments for them.

1. Create the shipment cost documents individually or using collectiveprocessing.

Hint: If you create the documents using Collective Processing, makesure you only calculate the costs for your own shipment documents.

Select the shipment documents using your user ID.

a) Create shipment cost documents individually:

Logistics→ Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ ShipmentCosts→ Create→ Single Document

Enter the shipment numbers one after the other.

Create shipment cost documents using Collective Processing:

Logistics→ Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ ShipmentCosts→ Create→ Collective Processing

Choose your documents using the following data:

Service agent: T-S11K##

Created by: Your course user ID

Select the relevant shipment documents and choose Execute.

Continued on next page

302 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 327: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Concluding Exercise

2. What is the shipment cost type of these documents?

_________________________________________________________

a) Shipment cost type of the documents:

Display a shipment cost document:

Logistics→ Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ ShipmentCosts→ Display

Both documents have shipment cost type 0001 (standard).

3. Identify which shipment cost items were created.

_________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________

Why?

_________________________________________________________

a) Shipment cost items:

The system created a shipment cost item with item category 0001 foreach shipment leg.

According to the Customizing settings for item category determination,the system creates shipment cost items (item category 0001) withreference to each shipment leg (cost type B).

4. Go to one of the items.

Which pricing procedure did the system determine?

_________________________________________________________

a) Pricing procedure:

Details screen for the item

The system should have found the ZFCL00 pricing procedure.

5. Try to understand the pricing. Check whether the correct amount wascalculated.

a) Understand pricing:

Conditions tab

The system determined ZL01 and ZL02 condition types with thecorresponding values. ZL03 condition type is used only if theINCOTERMS of the delivery are FH.

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 303

Page 328: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 9: Concluding Exercise SCM611

Task 11:You now want to create accruals and therefore transfer the shipment costs to FIand CO.

1. Check one of the shipment cost documents to ensure that account assignmenthas been completed fully.

a) Check account assignment:

Logistics→ Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ ShipmentCosts→ Change→ Single Document

The Assigned status is C (account assignment fully completed).

Details screen for the item

Choose Account Assignment.

2. To transfer the costs, you need a valid external service order. Logistics→materials management→ Purchasing→ Purchase order→ Create→Vendor/Supplying Plant Known

In Purchasing, create the purchase order for your forwarding agent:

Enter the following values:

Order type: Standard purchase order

Vendor: T-S11K##

Order Date: Today’s date

Organizational Data:Purchasing org.: IDES Germany

Purchasing group: Chef, H.

Company code IDES AG

Item overview:Acct. Assign. Category: U

Item Category: D

Short Text: Shipping service

Type of delivery date: M (month format)Delivery date: Current month

Continued on next page

304 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 329: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Concluding Exercise

Material group: 007

Plant: 1200 (Dresden)Storage location: 0001 (material storage)

Item Detail: Limits tab:

Select the No Limit indicator.

Enter EUR 10,000 as the expected value.

Continued on next page

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 305

Page 330: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 9: Concluding Exercise SCM611

In addition, enter 1I as the tax code on the Invoice tab.

a) Create external service order:

Order type: Standard purchaseorder

Vendor: T-S11K##

Order Date: Today’s date

Organizational Data:Purchasing org.: IDES Germany

Purchasing group: Chef, H.

Company Code: IDES AG

Item overview:Acct. Assign. Category: U

Item Category: D

Short Text: Shipping service

Type of delivery date: M (month format)Delivery date: Current month

Material group: 007

Plant: 1200 (Dresden)Storage location: 0001 (material storage)

Item Detail:

Limits tab:

Select the No Limit indicator.

Enter EUR 10,000 as the expected value.

Item Detail:

Limits tab:

Tax code: 1I

Select SRV-based IV when prompted

Save the purchase order.

Continued on next page

306 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 331: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Lesson: Concluding Exercise

3. Now transfer the shipment costs. You can do this for all shipment costdocuments using collective processing.

a) Transfer the costs:

Collective processing for all shipment cost documents:

Logistics→ Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ ShipmentCosts→ Change→ Collective Processing

Select the documents using the following fields, for example:

Service agent: T-S11K##

Created by: Your course user ID

Select the documents and choose Execute.

4. Check one of the shipment cost documents to make sure the costs havebeen transferred.

Go to the document flow and view the service acceptance and the associatedaccounting documents.

Which accounts were posted to?

_________________________________________________________

a) Check transfer:

Call up one of the shipment cost documents to be changed:

Logistics→ Logistics Execution→ Transportation→ ShipmentCosts→ Change→ Single Document

Transferred: C status:

→ Environment→ Document flow

Place the cursor on the Services Acceptance document and chooseDisplay Document.

The services acceptance document records the service provided bythe forwarding agent. Accruals were posted based on the servicesacceptance document:

Choose→ Accounting Documents→ Display Accounting Document

The system posted to accounts 417000 and 191100.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 307

Page 332: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit 9: Concluding Exercise SCM611

Lesson Summary

You should now be able to:� Define a new transportation planning point� Create a new shipment type� Define a planning profile for the shipment type� Define an activity profile and assign it to the shipment type� Set up shipment cost calculation for the new shipment type� Create new condition records� Maintain purchasing data for shipment cost settlement

308 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 333: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Unit Summary

Unit SummaryYou should now be able to:� Define a new transportation planning point� Create a new shipment type� Define a planning profile for the shipment type� Define an activity profile and assign it to the shipment type� Set up shipment cost calculation for the new shipment type� Create new condition records� Maintain purchasing data for shipment cost settlement

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 309

Page 334: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Unit Summary SCM611

310 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 335: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Page 336: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Page 337: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

SCM611 Course Summary

Course SummaryYou should now be able to:

� Describe the position of transportation processing and shipment costprocessing within the supply chain

� Define and create inbound and outbound shipments� Calculate and settle shipment costs� Make the necessary Customizing settings to adapt your system to meet your

specific requirements

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 311

Page 338: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Course Summary SCM611

312 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 339: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Appendix 1Data Sheet

You can enter your document numbers in the following table.

Doc-u-mentno.

Exer-cise

Document type Search term /refers to:

Document no.:

Unit: Shipments in Logistics Execution1 1 Inbound shipment External ID 1:

GR##-12 Individual shipment road External ID 1:

GR##-23 Shipment cost document for document

number 2Unit: Creating Shipments4 5 Inbound shipment Stuttgart

→Mannheim→ Hamburg5 Collective shipment road

Hamburg→ Berlin.6 Collective shipment road

Hamburg→ Frankfurt→Stuttgart→ Munich

7

6

Collective shipment roadHamburg→ Stuttgart

Created byplanningproposal

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 313

Page 340: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Appendix 1: Data Sheet SCM611

Doc-u-mentno.

Exer-cise

Document type Search term /refers to:

Document no.:

8 Individual shipment roadDresden→ Berlin

9 Individual shipment roadDresden→ Munich

10 Individual shipment roadDresden→ Stuttgart

11

7

Individual shipment roadDresden→ Frankfurt

Created incollectiveprocessing

Unit: Shipment Cost Processing12 Shipment cost document for collective

shipment (no.6) Hamburg→ Frankfurt→ Stuttgart→Munich

13 Shipment cost document14 Shipment cost document15 Shipment cost document16

13

Shipment cost document

For individualshipments fromExercise 7 (no.8 - 11)

Unit: Shipment Cost Calculation17 16 Shipment cost document For inbound

shipment fromExercise 5Stuttgart →Mannheim →Hamburg (no.4)

18 17 Shipment cost document For collectiveshipment fromExercise 6Hamburg →Stuttgart (no. 7)

Unit: Shipment Cost Settlement19 18 External service order20 19 Credit memo

314 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 2009

Page 341: SCM611

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

Fo

r in

te

rn

al u

se

b

y C

SC

o

nly

FeedbackSAP AG has made every effort in the preparation of this course to ensure theaccuracy and completeness of the materials. If you have any corrections orsuggestions for improvement, please record them in the appropriate place in thecourse evaluation.

2009 © 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved. 315